BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY Jaguar Cars Limited 2002.5 Model Year Electrical Guide Published by Parts and Service Communications Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 16/25 Issue 2
172
Embed
2002.5 Model Year Electrical Guide - JagRepair.com · ECM Engine Control Module ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor EGR Exhaust
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHERMANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TOHIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Jaguar Cars Limited
2002.5 Model YearElectrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 16/25 Issue 2
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
1DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Table of Contents
Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3
Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4
Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 20 – 21
Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 22
Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 23 – 29
Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 29(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (SCP and CAN Messages) ................................................................... follows Figures and Data
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
2 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURESFig. Description Variant
01 Power DistributionFig. 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All VehiclesFig. 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 .............................................................. All VehiclesFig. 01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 .............................................................. All VehiclesFig. 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All VehiclesFig. 01.5 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. All VehiclesFig. 01.6 ...... Switched System Power Distribution .......................................................... All VehiclesFig. 01.7 ...... Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution ........................... All Vehicles
12 Central Locking; SecurityFig. 12.1 ...... Central Locking: Double Locking ................................................................ Double Locking VehiclesFig. 12.2 ...... Central Locking: Non Double Locking ......................................................... Non Double Locking VehiclesFig. 12.3 ...... Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
13 Wash / WipeFig. 13.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. All Vehicles
16 TelematicsFig. 16.1 ...... Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... ROW VehiclesFig. 16.2 ...... Telephone System: NAS ............................................................................. NAS VehiclesFig. 16.3 ...... Telephone System with Voice: ROW .......................................................... ROW VehiclesFig. 16.4 ...... Telephone System with Voice: NAS ............................................................ NAS VehiclesFig. 16.5 ...... Voice Control System ................................................................................. Voice Only VehiclesFig. 16.6 ...... Navigation System (except Japan) ............................................................... Navigation Vehicles (except Japan)Fig. 16.7 ...... Navigation System with TV (except Japan) ................................................... Navigation Vehicles with TV (except Japan)Fig. 16.8 ...... Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... Japan Navigation Vehicles
17 Occupant ProtectionFig. 17.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System: Part 1 ............................................................. All VehiclesFig. 17.2 ...... Advanced Restraint System: Part 2 ............................................................. All Vehicles
18 Driver AssistFig. 18.1 ...... Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles
19 AncillariesFig. 19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horn, Cigar Lighter, Power Point,
Accessory Connector, Sun Shade, Singapore Road Pricing ........................... All Vehicles
20 Vehicle Multiplex SystemsFig. 20.1 ...... Controller Area Network ............................................................................ All VehiclesFig. 20.2 ...... Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All VehiclesFig. 20.3 ...... D2B Network: Part 1 ................................................................................. All VehiclesFig. 20.4 ...... D2B Network: Part 2 ................................................................................. All VehiclesFig. 20.5 ...... D2B Network: Part 3 ................................................................................. All Vehicles
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
4 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Abbreviations and Acronyms
The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C Air ConditioningA/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module
APP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position SensorAPP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2
AUTO Automatic TransmissionB+ Battery Voltage
BANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5, 7)BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6, 8)
CAN Controller Area NetworkCKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position Sensor
CM Control ModuleCMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / RH BankCMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / LH Bank
D2B D2B NetworkDSC Dynamic Stability ControlECM Engine Control Module
ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature SensorEFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor
EGR Exhaust Gas RecirculationEGT SENSOR Exhaust Gas Temperature SensorEOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close ValveEVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve
FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure SensorGECM General Electronic Control Module
GPS Global Positioning SystemHID High Intensity Discharge
VICS Vehicle Information Control SystemVVT VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1VVT VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2
+ve Positive–ve Negative
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
5DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and aboutthe use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar S-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as wellas the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) andTitle, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with thesystem of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
Power SuppliesThe Jaguar S-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched powersupply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Switched SystemPower Supply”. The “Switched System Power Supply” circuit is controlled via the GECM (General Electronic Control Module) and the RECM(Rear Electronic Control Module). Refer to Figure 01.6 for circuit activation details.
Fuse BoxesThe electrical harness incorporates two hard-wired power distribution fuse boxes: the Front Power Distribution Fuse Box located in the enginecompartment and the Rear Power Distribution Fuse Box located in the trunk. A serviceable Primary Junction Fuse Box is located in the frontright-hand foot well. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the two fuse boxes.
Vehicle NetworksThe New Jaguar S-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed power train communications,an SCP (Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed “real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via theAudio Unit. Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground StudsCircuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems;however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER ........................................................ Fig. 05.1
ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.1
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .................................................. Fig. 12.3
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 05.4............................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CHIME MODULE ........................ Fig. 05.3
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................... Fig. 05.3............................................................................................... Fig. 20.1
AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE ............................................. Fig. 03.6
AM / FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER ............................................... Fig. 15.1............................................................................................... Fig. 15.2
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................................... Fig. 06.1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 20.1............................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
FRONT FOG LAMPS ................................................................ Fig. 08.1............................................................................................... Fig. 08.2
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ....................................................... Fig. 08.1............................................................................................... Fig. 08.2
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE ......................................... Fig. 18.1............................................................................................... Fig. 20.2
PARKING AID SENSORS .......................................................... Fig. 18.1
PARKING AID SOUNDER ......................................................... Fig. 18.1
POWER POINT ........................................................................ Fig. 09.2............................................................................................... Fig. 19.1
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................. Fig. 13.1
POWER WASH RELAY ............................................................. Fig. 13.1
TV ANTENNAS AND AMPLIFIERS ............................................ Fig. 16.7............................................................................................... Fig. 16.8
VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 12.1............................................................................................... Fig. 12.2
WIPER PARK HEATER OR RH WINDSHIELD HEATER ............... Fig. 06.1
WIPER PARK RELAY ................................................................. Fig. 13.1
YAW RATE AND LATERAL ACCELERATIONSENSORS CLUSTER .......................................................... Fig. 05.1
Component Index
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
12 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Symbols and Codes
NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Battery power supply
Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I, II)
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)
Switched System Power Supply power supply
Engine Management System power supply
Figure number reference
Controller Area Network
Standard Corporate Protocol network
D2B network
Wiring Symbols
Simplified splice
Bulb
Capacitor
Connector
Diode
Eyelet and stud
Fuse
Ground
Hall effect sensor
Motor
Potentiometer
Power distribution box terminal
Pressure transducer
Resistor
Solenoid
Suppression diode
Suppression resistor
Thermistor
Transistor
Wire continued
Zener diode
X
XX.X
SCP
CAN
D2B
XI
XII
EX
SX
H
Light emitting diode (LED)
Splice
Control Module Pin Symbols
Input CAN network
Output SCP network
Battery voltage D2B network
Power ground Serial and encoded data
Sensor/signal supply V *
Sensor/signal ground **
* May also indicate Reference Voltage.
** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.
I
O
C
S
+
–
D
D2
B+
P
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
13DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Symbols and Codes
Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow BOF Black fiber optic (D2B Network)
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer-ing uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002, etc. Because spaceis limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, beenshortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes CA1-1, CA002-001 becomesCA2-1, etc.
Harness Codes
AC Climate Control Link
AT Alarm Link
BF Front Bumper Harness
BR Rear Bumper Harness
CA Cabin Harness
CP Intercooler Pump Link
CV Canister Vent Link
DD Driver Door Harness
DM Driver Memory Seat Harness
DT Driver Door Trim Link
FC Fascia Harness
FH Front Harness
FL LH Front Headlamp Link
FP Fuel Pump Harness
FR RH Front Headlamp Link
GB Transmission Harness
IL Fuel Injector Link
PD Passenger Door
PI Engine Harness
PN Passenger Seat Harness
PT Passenger Door Trim Link
RA D2B Network Harness
RF Roof Harness
SL Solar Sensor Link
SR Sliding Roof Harness
SW Subwoofer Link
TT Trailer Tow Harness
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
14 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Symbols and Codes
Grounds
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground code is shownin parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground code is used, with no parentheses.
EXAMPLE:
CA154(CA141)
CA154LHD Vehicles
RHD VehiclesSame for LHD and RHD Vehicles
Relays
All relays are located in the Front and Rear Power Distribution Boxes and the Primary Junction Fuse Box. Relays do not have a separate relayconnector (base). All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Each relay is identified by an “R” number unique only to thefuse box in which it is located.
EXAMPLE:
3
1
5
2
R6 4
3
1
5
2
R2
CHANGE-OVER RELAY NORMALLY OPEN RELAY
Fuses
All fuses are located in the Front and Rear Power Distribution Boxes and the Primary Junction Fuse Box. Each fuse is identified by an“F” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
EXAMPLE:F19 15A
Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted controlmodules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3, 20.4 and 20.5 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
S
SIP5-2
IP5-120.2
20.2 20.2
IP10-1
IP10-2
S
SU
Y
U
Y20.2
SCP
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
Component Depictions
EXAMPLE:
COMPLETE COMPONENTSAND CONTROL MODULES
INCOMPLETE COMPONENTS(EXCEPT CONTROL MODULES)
ASSEMBLIES ANDPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXES
COMPONENTS WITHINTERNAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
15DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
CAN SCP
D2B
Network Configuration
RESTRAINTSCONTROLMODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROLMODULE
ROOFCONSOLE
ENGINECONTROLMODULE
ADAPTIVESPEED CONTROL
CONTROLMODULE
HEADLAMPLEVELINGCONTROLMODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROLMODULE
TRANSMISSIONCONTROLMODULE
DYNAMICSTABILITYCONTROLCONTROLMODULE
J GATE
INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
NETWORK GATEWAY
ELECTRONICPARKING BRAKE
CONTROLMODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROLMODULE
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROLMODULE
ADAPTIVEDAMPINGCONTROLMODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROLMODULE
GENERALELECTRONIC
CONTROLMODULE
STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK
CONTROLMODULE
POWERAMPLIFIER
VOICEACTIVATION
CONTROLMODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROLMODULE
CDAUTOCHANGER
AUDIO UNIT
NETWORK GATEWAY
NAVIGATIONCONTROLMODULE
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK NOTE: TYPICAL S-TYPE NETWORK CONFIGURATION(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION; FULL OPTION SET).REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3, 20.4 AND 20.5 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
16 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fuse Box Location
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
17DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Relay and Fuse Location
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
R2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR RELAY
R3 IGNITION COIL RELAY
R4 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY
R5 EMS CONTROL RELAY
R7 AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP RELAY
R8 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
R10 LH HID RELAY
R11 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY
R12 HORN RELAY
R13 RH HID RELAY
R15 WIPER HIGH / LOW RELAY
R16 WIPER PARK RELAY
R17 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
R18 POWER WASH RELAY
R20 STARTER RELAY
R21 WIPER PARK HEATER RELAY ORRH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
R1 CIGAR LIGHTER / POWER POINT RELAY
PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
* PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX CONNECTORS
R1 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
R2 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 1
R4 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 3
R5 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 4
R7 BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
R8 FUEL FLAP RELAY
R10 ACCESSORY RELAY
R11 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 2
R15 FUEL PUMP RELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
F8
5AF9
10AF10
5AF11
10AF12
15AF13
5AF14
10AF15
5AF16
10AF17
5AF18
20AF19
15AF20
10A
F1
5AF3
5AF4
5AF5
10AF6
10AF7
5A
F22
10AF23
10AF24
5AF25
10AF26
10AF27
10AF29
5AF30
10AF32
20AF33
10AF35
5A
R1
FH53* FH7* CA56*
FC37*
CA2*
D3F32
10AF33
15AF34
15AF35
30AF36
15AF37
15AF38
10AD4
F14
15AF15
15AF16
15AF17
15AF18
20AF19
10AF20
30A
R10R7 R8
R11 R16R15R13R12
R5R4
R3R2
R17 R18 R20 R21
F09
50AF11
30AF12
20A
F25
40AF27
30AF28
30AF30
40AF31
30A
F13
80A
D1
F51
5AF53
10AF55
10AF57
10AF59
15A
F42
5AF43
10AF44
10AF46
10AF47
15AF48
10AF49
15AF50
5A
F26
15AF28
15AF29
15AF30
15AF31
15AF32
15AF33
15AF34
15AF35
15AF37
15A
R8
R1 R4R2
R5 R7
R10
R15
R11
F18
20AF21
20AF19
20AF20
20AF23
20A
F10
20AF11
20AF14
20AF12
20AF13
20AF15
20A
F3
15AF4
15AF1
40AF2
15AF7
15AF5
15AF6
15A
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
18 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Harness In-Line Connectors
LHD
FC4 (14)
FC19 (16); FC23 (10);FC26 (16);FC42 (4);
FC98
FH3 (16)
FH114 (2)FH6 (16)
PN40 (4); PN35 (4); PN24 (20); PN23 (4)
RA1 (2)
BR1 (10)
CA4A/B
RL2 (2)
FP6
RF34 (16)
DM23 (20); DM22 (4); DM40 (4)
FC17 (16);FC25 (4);FC33 (16)FC39 (10)FC99
DD8 (16); DT8 (14); DT10 (14)
FH2 (16)
FC10 (14);FC12 (14)
FC34 (16)
GB1 (16)PI42(8)
PI41(42)
IS5 (6)
FH40 (12) FH39 (12)BF1 (6) FH89 (6)
IS6 (6) ST4
FC107AC7
FC122
SL3 (10)FH1 (20)
FH82 (2)
FP2
RR2 (2)
PD4 (10)
PT1 (14)
CA3A/B
NOTE: WHERE THE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE, THE NUMBER OF PINS CONTAINED IN A CONNECTOR IS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES.
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
19DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Harness In-Line Connectors
RHD
FC4 (14);FC12 (14)
FC19 (16); FC23 (10);FC17 (16);FC25 (4);
FC98
FH3 (16)
FH114 (2)FH6 (16)
PD4 (10)
PT1 (14)
PN40 (4); PN35 (4); PN24 (20); PN23 (4)
RA1 (2)
BR1 (10)
RL2 (2)
FP6
RF34 (16)
DM23 (20); DM22 (4); DM40 (4)
FC26 (16);FC42 (4);FC33 (16)FC39 (10)FC99
DT10 (14); DT8 (14); DD8 (16)
FH2 (16)
FC10 (14)
FC34 (16)
GB1 (16)PI42(8)
PI41(42)
IS5 (6)
FH40 (12) FH39 (12)BF1 (6) FH89 (6)
IS6 (6) ST4
FC107AC7
FC122
SL3 (10)FH1 (20)
FH82 (2)
FP2
RR2 (2)
CA4A/BCA3A/B
NOTE: WHERE THE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE, THE NUMBER OF PINS CONTAINED IN A CONNECTOR IS SHOWN IN PARENTHESES.
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
20 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Control Module Location
STEERING COLUMN LOCKCONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATERCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITHCONTROL PANEL)
POWER AMPLIFIER (TOP);
NAVIGATION CONTROLMODULE (MIDDLE);
CD AUTOCHANGER (BOTTOM)
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
AUDIO UNIT
PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSINGCONTROL MODULE
OCCUPANCY SENSINGCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT HEATERCONTROL MODULE
PARKING BRAKECONTROL MODULE
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
LHD
NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION.
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
21DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Control Module Location
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
OCCUPANCY SENSINGCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT HEATERCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITHCONTROL PANEL)
POWER AMPLIFIER (TOP);
NAVIGATION CONTROLMODULE (MIDDLE);
CD AUTOCHANGER (BOTTOM)
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
STEERING COLUMN LOCKCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AUDIO UNIT
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATERCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
PARKING BRAKECONTROL MODULE
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
RHD
NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION.
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
22 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Ground Point Location
PI51 (ENGINE BLOCK GROUND)
FH95
FH22
PI40 (RHD)
FH77
CA30
CA141
CA157
CA158
FH42
PI40 (LHD)
ST2
CA50
FC38
CA154
CA116
CA156
JB1
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
23DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
107
G10
8N
109
Y11
0Y
U11
1B
112
UY
113
BG
114
BK
115
BG
116
B11
7R
W11
8U
119
BO
120
BR
81 B82 B
83 R84 Y
85 —86 —
87 GU
88 Y89 Y
R90 G
R91 B
92 UY
93 RW
55 RW
56 RW
57 —58 —
59 —60 —
61 GW
62 GW
63 GR
64 YR
65 WR
66 UY
67 O
29 B30 B
31 GR
32 —33 W
G34 BG
35 —36 O
37 B38 O
Y39 O
G40 BW
41 GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7 GO
8 GO
9 U10 G
U11 —
12 OY
13 —14 —
121
WU
122
—12
3G
124
Y12
5—
126
—12
7B
K12
8N
129
N13
0B
W13
1G
B13
2Y
B13
3—
134
GU
94 Y95 R
96 —97 —
98 N99 N
100
BG
101
—10
2B
103
O10
4R
G10
5W
106
RW
68 N69 G
70 UY
71 U72 —
73 U74 —
75 R76 Y
77 —78 Y
79 YR
80 GW
42 —43 BG
44 GW
45 BK
46 BK
47 WG
48 YG
49 —50 W
U51 W
U52 G
R53 Y
R54 B
15 —16 —
17 B18 B
19 BG
20 BG
21 —22 N
R23 W
G24 W
G25 —
26 —27 W
R28 —
107
G10
8N
109
Y11
0Y
U11
1B
112
UY
113
BG
114
BK
115
BR
116
B11
7R
W11
8U
119
BO
120
BG
81 B82 B
83 R84 Y
85 —86 —
87 GU
88 Y89 Y
R90 G
R91 B
92 UY
93 RW
55 RW
56 RW
57 —58 —
59 —60 —
61 GW
62 GW
63 GR
64 YR
65 —66 U
Y67 O
29 B30 B
31 GR
32 —33 W
G34 BG
35 —36 O
37 B38 O
Y39 O
G40 BW
41 GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7 GO
8 GO
9 U10 G
U11 —
12 OY
13 —14 —
121
WU
122
—12
3G
124
Y12
5—
126
—12
7B
K12
8N
129
N13
0B
W13
1G
B13
2Y
B13
3—
134
GU
94 Y95 R
96 —97 —
98 N99 N
100
BG
101
—10
2B
103
O10
4R
G10
5W
106
RW
68 N69 G
70 UY
71 U72 —
73 U74 —
75 R76 Y
77 —78 Y
79 —80 GW
42 —43 BG
44 GW
45 BK
46 BK
47 WG
48 YG
49 —50 W
U51 W
U52 G
R53 Y
R54 B
15 —16 —
17 B18 B
19 BG
20 BG
21 —22 N
R23 W
G24 W
G25 —
26 —27 W
R28 —
107
G10
8N
109
Y11
0Y
U11
1B
112
UY
113
BG
114
BK
115
BR
116
B11
7R
W11
8U
119
BO
120
BG
81 B82 B
83 R84 Y
85 —86 —
87 GU
88 Y89 Y
R90 G
R91 B
92 UY
93 RW
55 RW
56 RW
57 YU
58 YG
59 YR
60 YU
61 GW
62 GW
63 GR
64 YR
65 —66 U
Y67 O
29 B30 B
31 GR
32 —33 W
G34 BG
35 —36 O
37 B38 O
Y39 O
G40 BW
41 GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7 GO
8 GO
9 U10 G
U11 Y
12 OY
13 —14 U
121
WU
122
—12
3G
124
Y12
5—
126
—12
7B
K12
8N
129
N13
0B
W13
1G
B13
2Y
B13
3—
134
GU
94 Y95 R
96 —97 —
98 N99 N
100
BG
101
—10
2B
103
O10
4R
G10
5W
106
RW
68 N69 G
70 UY
71 U72 YU
73 U74 —
75 R76 Y
77 —78 Y
79 —80 GW
42 —43 BG
44 GW
45 BK
46 BK
47 WG
48 YG
49 —50 W
U51 W
U52 G
R53 W
U54 B
15 —16 —
17 B18 B
19 BG
20 BG
21 —22 N
R23 W
G24 W
G25 —
26 —27 W
R28 —
PI1
V6
V8
N/A
V8
SC
EN
GIN
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
PI1
/ B
LA
CK
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
24 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
FH
10
3
16 B 47 B
14 G15 G
30 YR
31 NR
45 W46 Y
12 Y13 YR
28 NG
29 Y
43 N44 —
10 —11 Y
26 WR
27 WG
41 —42 B
8 UY
9 U
24 WB
25 U
39 —40 W
6 Y7 R
22 —23 —
37 B38 RU
4W
G5 B
20 WB
21 —
35 —36 N
2 —3 G
18 YB
19 NW
33 YR
34 WR
1 R
17 WR
32 RW 1 —
2 —3 —
4 —5 —
6 —7 —
8 —
9 Y10 YB
11 WB
12 YR
13 —14 —
15 —16 —
1 WB
2 BG
3 W4 BO
5 BW
6W
G7 BG
8W
U
9 N10 B
11 —12 NG
13 U14 Y
15 —16 NW
CA
12
CA
11
1 NR
2G
W
3 RW
4 B
12 W11 R
10 Y9 GB
8 YR
7 U
6 G5 U
4 YB
3 YG
2 —1 Y
CA
24
2C
A2
41
5 — 11 —
3 —4 G
9 —10 Y
6 G 12 GW
1 NR
2 B
7N
W8 —
FH
107
DY
NA
MIC
ST
AB
ILIT
Y C
ON
TR
OL C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
FH
103 /
BLA
CK
TOP
AD
AP
TIV
E S
PE
ED
CO
NT
RO
L C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
FH
107 /
BLA
CK
AD
AP
TIV
E D
AM
PIN
G C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
CA
12 /
GR
EY
CA
11 /
BLU
E
ELE
CT
RO
NIC
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
E C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
CA
241 /
BLA
CK
CA
242 /
BLA
CK
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
25DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
1 WB
14 NR
3 W
2 WR
16 WU
15 WR
5N
W4
WG
18 NG
17 NR
7 NG
6 NG
20 NR
19 BG
9 YR
8 —
22 WU
21 WU
11 WR
10 WR
24 W23 YU
1 G 12 Y
3 NR
2 B
14 NR
13 —
5 NG
4 —
16 NR
15 —
7 WR
6 *
18 **17 W
U
9W
U8
NW
20 GW
19 NG
11 N10 W
R22 Y
21 —
13 WB
12 YR
26 YB
25 Y
FC
27
FC
28
FC
40
FC
41
*LH
D –
WB
; R
HD
– W
G
**
LH
D –
WG
; R
HD
– W
B
1 WB
14 NR
3 W
2 WR
16 WU
15 WR
5N
W4
WG
18 NG
17 NR
7 NG
6 NG
20 NR
19 BG
9 YR
8 —
22 WU
21 WU
11 WR
10 WR
24 W23 YU
1 G 12 Y
3 NR
2 B
14 NR
13 —
5 NG
4 —
16 NR
15 —
7 WR
6 *
18 **17 W
U
9W
U8
NW
20 GW
19 NG
11 N10 W
R22 Y
21 —
13 WB
12 YR
26 YB
25 Y
*LH
D –
WB
; R
HD
– W
G
**
LH
D –
WG
; R
HD
– W
B
Control Module Pin Identification
AIR
CO
ND
ITIO
NIN
G C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
– P
AN
EL
FC
27 /
GR
EY
FC
28 /
GR
EY
AIR
CO
ND
ITIO
NIN
G C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
– R
EM
OT
E
FC
40 /
GR
EY
FC
41 /
GR
EY
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
26 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
2 WR
3W
U4 —
5 N6 —
7 BG
8 BW
9 —10 —
12 O
1 NR
11 O13 GW
14 Y15 —
16 G17 —
18 N19 —
20 NW
2 NG
3W
G4 BW
5 BW
6 B
10 BR
1 —8 BR
7 BW
9W
G11 B
12 —13 B
14 B15 B
16 YB
17 BG
1 —2 —
3 —4
WG
5 W6 —
7 WR
8 YR
9 —10 —
11 YR
12 Y13 —
14 —15 BG
16 —17 —
18 O19 —
20 UY
21 RW
22 NR
23 WB
24 YB
25 —26 U
1 U2 BG
3 W4 NR
5 BG
6 NG
7 Y8 NR
9 BG
10 BR
11 —12 B
1N
W2 —
3 NG
4 —5 —
6 BW
7 BG
8 R9 —
10 —11 BW
12 —13 BG
14 BW
15 WU
16 Y17 Y
18 —19 BO
20 —21 BO
22 BO
CA
31
CA
24
FH
59
FH
9
FH
60
GE
NE
RA
L E
LE
CT
RO
NIC
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
CA
31 /
BLA
CK
CA
24 /
NA
TU
RA
LFH
59 /
BLA
CK
FH
9 /
BLA
CK
FH
60 /
BLA
CK
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
27DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
2 B
3 N4 BO
5 N6 —
7 —8 —
9 —10 —
12 Y
1 GR
11 R13 —
14 —15 W
R16 W
U17 *
18 BO
19 BG
20 —
2 BO
3 BW
4 BG
5 BO
6 BW
10 BR
1 BG
8 BW
7 BG
9 BG
11 —12 —
13 —14 —
15 —
16 —17 Y
1 —2 —
3 —4 YG
5 Y6 W
7 WB
8 YU
9 YU
10 O11 B
12 B13 N
14 —15 —
16 **17 —
18 —19 W
R20 —
21 —22 —
23 NR
24 —25 B
26 B
1 YG
2 —3 —
4 —5 BG
6 BR
7 —8 GU
9 BR
10 —11 BG
12 BG
1 Y2 Y
3 —4
WU
5 —6 —
7N
W8 —
9 —10 —
11 —
12 B13 G
O14 W
B15 —
16 —17 —
18 —19 —
20 —21 —
22 —
CA
101
* L
HD
– B
G; R
HD
– B
O
CA
103
** L
HD
– B
O; R
HD
– B
G
CA
100
CA
102
CA
63 (
TT
2)
Control Module Pin Identification
RE
AR
ELE
CT
RO
NIC
CO
NT
RO
L M
OD
ULE
CA
101 /
BLA
CK
CA
103 /
NA
TU
RA
LC
A100 /
BLA
CK
CA
102 /
BLA
CK
CA
63 (
TT
2)
/ B
LA
CK
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
28 DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
FC
15
FC
14
FC
63
2 B
3 NG
4 BG
5 WR
6 YR
7 —8 Y
9 G10 U
12 N
1 NR
11 Y13 G
14 Y15 —
16 —17 —
18 Y19 G
20 Y
1 UY
2 OY
3 UY
4 GR
5G
W6 *
7 BW
8 U9 W
10 NG
11 —
12 O13 U
14 OG
15 GO
16 GU
17 W18 N
19 R20 U
21 WU
22 —
* L
HD
– G
U; R
HD
– W
B
1 BG
2W
U3
WG
4 W5 O
6 —7 Y
8 WB
9 BO
10 GW
11 GB
12 WG
13 YR
14 B15 —
16 —17 —
18 —19 —
20 —21 W
R22 O
INS
TR
UM
EN
T P
AC
K
FC
15 /
BLA
CK
FC
14 /
GR
EY
FC
63 /
BLA
CK
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
29DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Control Module Pin Identification
2W
U 1 UY
2 OG
4 RU
1 GO
3 RU
2 — 1 —
4 U 3 GU
6 NR
4 —
5 B3 —
2N
W 1 B
6 GR
4 GO
5 RG
3G
W
DM
33
DM
34
DM
35
DM
36
DM
37
DM
38
1 — 14 —
3 —
2 —
16 —
15 —
5 —4 —
18 —17 —
7 O6 —
20 —19 —
9W
U8 U
22 WU
21 —
11 WB
10 R24 —
23 WR
13 NG
12 Y
26 B25 W
B
1 Y 12 U
3 —
2 —
14 —
13 —
5 UY
4 U
16 WG
15 RU
7 —6 —
18 YB
17 Y
9 —8 —
20 YR
19 N
11 GB
10 RW
22 WR
21 O
2 YR
3 OY
4 U
12 —
1 WR
11 —13 W
14 WB
5 YB
6 Y
15 YB
16 BG
7 —8 YB
17 BW
18 GW
9W
U10 Y
19 NW
20 —
2 —3 UY
4 —1 YR
14 —
5 —6 —
15 —16 —
2 BG
3 Y4 U
1 —5
WG
6 YG
7 Y8 —
17 —18 —
9 —10 Y
R
19 WB
20 Y
11 YU
21 G
12 —
7 B8 B
9 BO
10 BO
11 WG
12 NR
13 —
22 —23 W
R24 O
Y25 YG
26 YG
CA
85
DD
4D
T2
DR
IVE
R S
EA
T C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
DM
33 /
BLA
CK
DM
34 /
BLA
CK
DM
35 /
BLA
CK
DM
36 /
BLA
CK
DM
37 /
BLA
CK
DM
38 /
BLA
CK
DR
IVE
R D
OO
R C
ON
TR
OL M
OD
ULE
DT
2 /
BLA
CK
DD
4 /
NA
TU
RA
LC
A85 /
BLA
CK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
All Vehicles
FH83CA177
ST10CA281
NFC18-6
TIMER
RB
CA280
CA16-1
JB2
CA16-2
NW
N
41JB1
R
175 A
CA135
CA282
R
R
CA44
1
CA61-37F33 5A
CA61-56F50 5A
NRFC39-1
CA61-65
NW
R
R
FH66
2
02.1
CA61-3 F3 20A
3
I
II
III
0
FC18-4NR7
NFC39-6
02.2CA302
CA301
R
CA304
CA133
500 A
TRANSIT ISOLATIONRELAY
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY STARTERMEGAFUSE
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
REARPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
MEGAFUSE
FRONTBULKHEAD
STARTER
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
FRONTPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
CP1 10-WAY / BLACK / INTERCOOLER PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR
DM22 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
DM23 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
DT8 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
FC39 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FH1 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PI42 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PN23 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
PN24 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
PT1 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Fig. 01.2
FC39-1
CA44
CA61-1F1 40A
NW 4 01.3
CA61-4F4 20A
NW
CA61-6F6 20A
NG 10 14.1
CA61-38F34 15A
N11.6
CA61-39F35 30A
NR 05.2
FH662
FH32-13F13 80A
NG 57 03.2 03.4 03.6
FH32-9F9 50A
YR 01.7
FH32-11F11 30A
YU 13.1
FH32-12F12 20A
NR
FH32-39F33 15A
NR
03.1
CA61-2F2 20A
NR
CA61-3F3 20A
NR 7 01.1NR
CAR1
19.15
19.16
NR
NR
CA3A/B-8
NW 14.18NWCAS86
CA61-5F5 20A
NR 9 14.1DT8-1
NR
NGPT1-1
CA61-7F7 20A
NR 11 14.1NRCAS87
CA61-10F10 30A
NG12 06.1
CAS9213NG
NG
CA61-11F11 30A
NR 14 11.4CAS67 PN23-1
NR NR
CA61-19F19 30A
NW 23 11.4CAS71 PN23-2
NW NW
CA61-41F37 10A
NG 11.4PN24-11
NG
CA61-12F12 30A
N15 01.6
CAR316N
N
CA61-13F13 30A
NR17
01.6
CAR418NR
NR
CA61-14F14 30A
NW19
CAR520NW
NW
CA61-20F20 30A
NG24
CAR625NG
NG
CA61-15F15 30A
NR 21 11.1CAS60 DM22-1
NR NR
CA61-18F18 30A
NW 22CAS61 DM22-2
NW NW
CA61-36F32 10A
NG 11.1DM23-4
NG
CA61-21F21 30A
R26 10.2
CAR227R
R
CA61-23F23 30A
NG 28 03.2
CA61-30F26 15A
NW 05.4
CA61-32F28 30A
NG15.2
NG 15.2CAS40
NGNG
CA3A/B-7
CA61-33F29 10A
NG
15.1
CA61-34F30 5A
NG 02.2
CA61-35F31 20A
NG 14.1
CA61-37F33 5A
NW 01.1
11.6
DM23-12
PN24-12
NG NG
NR NR
1
NW
NW
NG
NG
NG
NW
NR
CAS7
FHS59
01.7
01.7
01.7
01.7
YR
YR
YR
YR
YR
Y
NR
NR
NR 13.156
FHS57
FH32-20F14 15A
NR 58 08.2
FH32-21F15 15A
NG 08.1
NG 60
59
FH32-40
NR 08.2F34 15A
FH32-22F16 15A
NR 12.3
NR 62
61
FH32-31F25 40A
NW
06.1NW 64
63NW
NR
FHS55
FH32-36F30 40A
N
06.1N 68
67N
FHS54
FH32-33F27 30A
NW 65 02.1
FH32-34F28 30A
R 66 05.1R
FH32-37F31 30A
RW 69 05.1RW
FH32-38F32 10A
Y 03.2
Y 72
71
06.1
04.1PI41-31
NR 74
73NR
PIS16
40
38
31
30
29
45
44
43
42
41
39
52
51
50
49
48
46
47
53
54
55
02.1 02.2
01.6
01.6
01.6
01.6
01.6
01.6
03.4 03.6
03.1 03.3 03.5
02.2
03.4 03.6
03.3 03.5
#3
Y 70 06.1CP1-3
Y
06.1
06.1
06.1
07.1
08.2
08.1 08.2
CA3A/B-6 CAS26
NG
16.1
16.1
16.3
NW
NR
15.2
16.6NW 16.7
NR
11.5
11.2 11.3
11.5
11.1 11.2 11.3
10.2
11.2 11.3
11.5
13.1
13.1
13.1
13.1
12.3
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.4 16.5
16.8
16.8
01.4 01.5 04.1 12.3
FH1-19 PI42-6
NG
19.1
19.1
NR
37
36
35
34
33
32
NR
04.1
76
NR 75
BAT
TER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
BA
TTER
Y P
OW
ER B
US
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA2 26-WAY / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST
FH1 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
SL3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO SOLAR SENSOR LINK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Fig. 01.3
F6 10A FC37-1
CA2-10
OY
CA44
CA61-1F1 40A
NW 4
1
NW
F7 5A
CA2-15
WG
F19 15A FC37-22
NR
F20 10A
F18 20A FC37-4
NR
F32 20A
F35 5A
CA2-2
NR
20.1
09.1
FH7-5
NR 12.3
FC37-16
NR12.3
19.1SL3-1 SLS1NR
NR
NR
10.1
01.6
FC37-12
NG 02.1
FH7-2
NR01.6
FC37-8
NR 06.1
FHS2
NG
NNFH1-1
FCS2
15.1NG
16.6NG
19.1
CA2-12
CAS85
03.1
03.2
02.1
NR
NR
NR
02.2
03.2 03.4 03.6
03.3 03.5
20.2
07.1 08.1 08.2 09.1 09.2 12.3
07.1 08.1 08.2 09.1 09.2 12.1 12.2
07.1 08.3 09.1
08.3
10.1 10.2 10.3 11.1 12.1 12.2
15.2
16.7 16.8
12.1 12.2
12.3 14.1
08.3 10.1 19.1
12.3 19.1
12.3 14.110.2 10.3
04.1
04.1
82
81
86
84
85
87
83
80
79
78
77
88
89
92
91
90
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PRIMARY JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
NOTE: SLS1 – Electronic Road Pricing only.
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
FC10 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC39 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.4
FC18-2W
CA44
1
NRFC39-1 CA61-3 F3 20A
I
II
III
0
FC18-4NR7
FC37-15
F12 15A FC37-26
YU
F26 10A CA56-6
WU
F13 5A FC37-25
W
F27 10A FC37-18
W
FC10-8
YU
CAS36
WU 3I
WU
WU 5I
6I
4I
1I
WU
FCS38I
7I
WR
WG
WG
WU
WRCA56-2
WCAS29
WR 13I
10I
11I
12I
W 9I
W 2I
13.1
07.1
05.2
19.1
19.1
15.1 15.2
16.6
09.2
16.1
16.5
16.8
15.1 15.2
16.7 16.8
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.6 16.7 16.8
16.3 16.4
14I 19.1
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
PRIMARY JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
IGNITION SWITCH FC18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
DM23 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
FC10 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC39 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FH1 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
GB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PN24 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
RF34 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO DOOR HARNESS ‘D’ POST, UNDER PARCEL SHELF
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Fig. 01.5
CA44
1
NRFC39-1 CA61-3 F3 20A
I
II
III
0
FC18-4NR7
F3 5A FH7-4
WG
F14 10A
CA56-1
NG
F15 5A CA2-1
GO
F5 10A CA2-7
WU
F29 5A CA2-8
WU
FC18-7WG
FC37-9
FC37-2FCS6
WG
WG
FHS3
WG
NW
03.5
16.1
16.5
18.1
12.3
17.2
F4 5A CA2-23
WG
FH53-1
GO
CAR12WG
CA4-1CA4-2 GU
GU
GUGUCAS31
31II
03.6
03.6
FH1-3
GU
01.7
34II
03.5
33II
FHS1PI41-15
GU GU
GU
PI41-32
GO 29II
WG 03.630II
02.1WG WG 35IIFC37-23
FC37-6
WU 36II
WU
CAS68
WU
PN24-3
WU WU 17.2
17.137II
38II
FC37-14
WG FC37-19
NR 40II 06.1
41II 05.4
CAS39
GO 04.117II
05.3
05.1
16II
15II
GO GOFH1-18 PI41-13
GOPIS26
GOGB1-7
GO 02.1
GO 02.120II
F16 10A
CA2-6
WGCAS14
WU WU
W WDM23-2
PN24-211.622
II
11.621II
CA2-4
WCAS88
W WRF34-1
10.323II
W 13.124II
08.5
FC37-5
YR
YR 25II
FCS21
NWFC10-7
08.5YR 26II
YRFC10-7
08.527II
YR
05.328II
YR
F17 5A FC37-13
WG WG 07.139II
45II
44II
43II
42II
CAS38
WU
WU
WU
WU
NG
NR
32II
03.2 03.4
03.1 03.3
03.2 03.4
03.1 03.3
03.2 03.4
02.2
02.2 04.1
07.1
02.2
16.2 16.3 16.4
16.3 16.4
18II
12.3
GO 19II
04.1
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PRIMARY JUNCTIONFUSE BOX
NOTE: CAS88 – Vehicles with both Electrochromic Rear View Mirrorand Rain Sensing Module only.
INERTIA SWITCH
FRONTPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POST
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FH9-21 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S FH59-1 SCP -B+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FH59-7 SCP +
PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ CA101-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O CA101-4 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S CA102-1 SCP +S CA102-2 SCP -
PG CA102-12 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Switched System Power Distribution Switched System Power Distribution Fig. 01.6
N
N
FHS21FH39-9
FH9-21U
YFH59-7
FH59-1
O
NGFH59-6
86 B
20.2
20.2
S
S
CA101-4U
YCA102-1
CA102-2
O
NCA101-3
87 B
20.2
20.2
S
S
15
16
BOBO
BO
NR
NR
17
18
BO
NW
NW
19
20
BO
NG
NG
24
25
BO
BOFH6-9
CAR11
FH60-11BP
FH77
CA102-12BP
CA156
F8 5A
FH53-6
CA2-17
NR
FH7-6
NRS
48
FH53-4
NR 08.1S49
F10 5A FH53-2
NW
F11 10A FH53-10
NRS
54
F24 5A FC37-24
NG 02.1S56
NG 09.1
NW
NR
NRBF1-1
NR
NRS
46
S47
F9 10A
3
1
5
2
R2 4
NWFH39-11
NW
NW
NW
NW
FHS29NW
BF1-5
FH40-9
NWS
51
S52
S53
FH40-12
NR
F22 10A CA56-4
NR 10.2S55
F23 10A FH53-8
NRS
57
CA2-9
NR
NFH39-12
3
1
5
2
R11 4
NG 09.1
NR 05.3
NG
F33 10A CA2-3
W09.2
FH53-5
NW 08.1S58
F25 10A FH40-11
NW
CAS3012.1S
62
S61
W
CAR9WU
WU
WUCA61-77 F53 10A CA61-68
WUCA61-66 F51 5A CA61-75
WUCA61-79 F55 10A CA61-70
CA61-61 F46 10A CA61-52
WCA61-63 F48 10A CA61-54
WCA61-81 F57 10A CA61-72
WCA61-83 F59 15A CA61-74
CA61-59 F44 10A CA61-50
N 12.1
NG
OY 08.4
NW
NW 08.3
CAS37NW
NW
NW
TT1-1
BR1-2
R
3
1
5
2
R4 4NR
FH1-20
NW 09.1
N 09.1
NRCAS43
RF34-10
N
CAR10W
W
3
1
5
2
R5 4
NW 09.1NW
12.1
NWCAS20 CA3A/B-2
NG
NWNW
NW
NW
CAS5BR1-1
NW
02.2
FH53-508.2S
59NR
W
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)FH53-4
08.2S50NW
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.4
08.3
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
08.3
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
F30 10A FH7-3
NR 10.2S60
12.1 12.2
12.2
19.1
12.2
12.2
WFC33-14
10.3 12.3 14.1
12.3
05.2 10.1 12.1 12.2 12.3 13.1 19.1
10.2 10.3 12.3 14.1
NGCAS83
S72
S66
S69
S70
S71
S67
S68
S65
S64
S63
S78
S79
S80
S75
S76
S77
S73
S74
LOGIC
SCP NOTE: The switched system power relays are activated by the GECM or the RECMwhenever messages are present on the SCP network. After the ignition is switched off,the relays remain activated until all SCP messages are removed.
SWITCHEDSYSTEMPOWER
CONTROL
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
LOGIC
SWITCHEDSYSTEMPOWER
CONTROL
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER RELAY 1
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER RELAY 2
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER RELAY 3
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER RELAY 4
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: FHS21 – Side Marker only.
NOTATION:
(1) Non HID headlamp vehicles.(2) HID headlamp vehicles.
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 01.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationEMS CONTROL RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
HO2S RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R2
IGNITION COIL RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO PI1-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.7
(V8)
(V6)YR
FH32-52PI41-41
YR
GR
YR
YU
YR
YB
B
FH42
FHS61
F17 15A
3
1
5
2
R5 4
NR
BWFH32-46
31II
FH32-51 FH32-45
GU
3
1
5
2
R3 4
B
YB
YB
YR
FH32-14 FH32-23
F38 10AFH32-50 FH32-44
F37 15AFH32-49 FH32-43
F35 30AFH32-47 FH32-41
F20 30AFH32-17 FH32-26
F19 10AFH32-16 FH32-25
FHS60 GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
FHS4
GUPI41-5
GUFH1-4
PIS1PI41-11
NGNG
NG
GR
GR
GR
GR
WG
NR
WG
WG
FHS5
PI41-33 IL10-6 ILS1 (V6)PIS23 (V8)
PIS2PI41-35
WG WGWG
WG
NR NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
PI41-30
RW RW RW
(N/A)
(SC)PIS24
NRNRIS6-1
NR
NRIS5-1
NRISS1
NR
NR
NR
NR
ISS2
NR
NR
NR
PIS14 WR
WR
PI41-9
WRWRYR
PIS17 WG
WGWG
PI41-1
WG
(SC) YB
F36 15AFH32-48 FH32-42
WGCP1-10
WG
GU
GU
FHS4
GU
GUFH1-4
GU
GUPIS15
GU
(S/C) GU
B
03.2
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.6
03.3
03.2
03.1
03.1
03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.1
03.4 03.6
03.6
03.2
FH662
FH32-9F9 50A
YR
03.1
FHS59
YR
YR
YR
YR
YR 50
49
46
47
03.3 03.548
03.1 03.3 03.5
3
1
5
2
R2 4
03.4 03.6
03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.4 03.6
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.4
03.6
03.3 03.5
03.1 03.3 03.5
03.1 03.3 03.5
03.1 03.3 03.5
BWPI1-40
O
GUPI41-5
E86
E90
E89
E88
E87
E85
E84
E83
E118
E115
E116
E113
E114
E117
E112
E111
E110
E109
E108
E107
E106
E105
E104
E96
E103
E102
E101
E100
E99
E98
E97
E95
E94
E93
E92
E91
E81
E82
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
DIODE 4
EMS CONTROLRELAY
FROM INERTIA SWITCH
HO2S RELAY
DIODE 3
IGNITION COILRELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
NOTE: IL10-6 – V6 only.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR CA88 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CA37 2-WAY / GREEN TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SG PI1-30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDI PI1-31 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
MANUAL, ROW – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN IGNITION CRANK (III)MANUAL, NAS – CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I PI1-36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1-37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O PI1-38 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO PI1-39 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O PI1-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG PI1-43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1-44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG PI1-45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1-46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I PI1-50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO PI1-52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-53 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG PI1-54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
O PI1-55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1-56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
I PI1-65 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITIONO PI1-66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%
O PI1-67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1-68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG PI1-69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1-70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I PI1-71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1-73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI1-75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 VI PI1-76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 VI PI1-78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I PI1-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNINGO PI1-80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I PI1-83 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1-84 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
SG PI1-91 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUNDO PI1-92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O PI1-93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%I PI1-94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG PI1-95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1-98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
I PI1-99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONSG PI1-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
I PI1-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 (MAN)I PI1-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)
I PI1-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESD PI1-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O PI1-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORI PI1-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I PI1-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTO PI1-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O PI1-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%SG PI1-111 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUND
C PI1-124 CAN +I PI1-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI1-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGI PI1-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG PI1-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUNDB+ PI1-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
PI1-053
PI1-006
PI1-007
PI1-010
YR
GU
GO
Y
PIS29
PI40BR PI40AL
B
B
B
B
BB
B
B
BB
PI1-116
PI1-111
PI1-091
PI1-054
PI1-030
PI1-029
PI1-018
PI1-017
PI1-004
PI1-005
PI1-123
GPI1-124
Y
PI1-105
W
PI1-134
GU
PI1-052
GR O
PI41-38
PI41-39
NR
GR
48 YR
GR
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
PI1-031
PI1-065
PI1-079
PI1-041
GR
GO
WG
WR
02.1
29II
I
I
I
02.1
02.1
02.1
02.1
I02.1
PI1-022
NR73I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
OPI1-040
BW O01.7
–
+
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
PI1-024
WGPI1-023
WG
I
E111
32II
I
I
E94
E95
PIS30
BB
B
B
B
B
P
P
3
1
5
2
R4 4
F18 20A
GU
PIS28
B
PI40AR
BB
PI1-082
PI1-081
RWNG
YR
BW
RURU
PI10 PI12-3 -4 -1-2 -3 -4 -1-2
2/11/1
PI11 PI13-4 -3 -1-2 -4 -3 -1-2
2/21/2
R Y RU
WG
G N RW
WR
N B UY
WG
N B RW
WR
NUYN
RW
RW
PIS12
PIS13
PIS11
PI1-008
PI1-080
PI1-106
PI1-127
PI1-012
PI1-103
PI1-102
PI1-037
PI1-036
PI1-094
PI1-095
PI1-100
PI1-068
PI1-069
PI1-098
PI1-093
PI1-056
PI1-128
PI1-092
PI1-129
PI1-001
PI1-002
PI1-130
PI1-083
PI1-084
PI1-107
PI1-108
PI1-055
PI1-044
PI1-045
PI1-046
PI1-071
PI1-019
PI1-070
PI1-078
PI1-073
PI1-050
PI1-104
PI1-020
PI1-013
PI1-043
PI1-076
PI1-075
PI1-067
PI1-066
PI1-039
PI1-038
PI1-110
PI1-109
U U λ λ
BB
1 2
-1-2PI16 -1-2PI17
YUY
PI55-1
PI57-1
PI56-1
21
B O Y R N G B N
PI55-2
PI57-2
PI56-2
BG BGBG BG
PIS19
B N
BOYRBGNGN
GWBK
I PI1-099N
BG
PI14 -1 -3 -2 PI25 -2 -1-5-4
υ
IATS
υ
PI24 -1 -2
υ
GW
BK
U BG
GU
PIS21
E82
IL12 -3 -2 -1
υ
UY
BG
Y BG
U BG
OY
WU
BG
IL9 -1 -2 FP1 -3 -1-2PI29 -2 -1 -4
RG
OY
BG
OY
BK
BG
PIS22
BGFHS6
BG
BG
BG
PI41-18
OY OY
PI41-17
FP2-3
FH3-12
PI41-14
RG
RG
FP2-2
FH3-13
FP2-6
FH3-11
OY
OY
BKUUYBGYUWUOY
RGBK
OBBGY
PIS25
FHS7
TP1
PI18-1
PI18-2
PI26-1
TP2
BG
OY
FC26-5
FC26-6
FC12-3
FC12-4
BO
BFC12-10
BFC26-7
FC26-13FC12-5
FC26-15FC12-6
YBG
R Y RW
GW
B B
OY
BG
BBGGWRWYRGO
PI41-8
PI41-7
PI41-6
PI41-12
PI41-3
OB
B
BGY
PI26-3
PI26-2
PI26-4
CA270 -2 -1FH111 -2 -1
UY
GU
O GU
E83
E81
PI31 -2 -1PI30 -2 -1
21
NG
NG
OY
OG
E85
E84
PI41-29
PI41-10
OFH1-7
FH1-9PI41-23
CA37 -2 -1
GO
NR
CAS22
GO GO
BRD
OUYOGOY
BG
FC26-8
FC26-16
OY
APP1 APP2
CA88-5
OBBG
Y
OY
BG
FC12-9
FC12-2
CAS81CAS82
OY
BG
CA88-3
CA88-4
CA88-2
CA88-6
CA88-1
IL10-10
IL10-11
BG
BG
WU
E113
E115
E114
E116
90
I
04.1
IL10-12
OY
ILS2BB B
B
O
PI20 -1-2 PI19 -1-2
1 2
Engine Management: V6 – Part 1 Engine Management: V6 – Part 1 Fig. 03.1
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM
CKPSENSOR
CMPSENSORS
KNOCKSENSORS
MAFSENSOR
ECTSENSOR
EOTSENSOR
IPSENSOR
EFTSENSOR
MAPSENSOR
FTPSENSOR *
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR: CONTROL
GENERATOR: FIELD
GENERATOR:FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
THROTTLE MOTORRELAY
FRONTPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.2)
VVTSOLENOID VALVES
IMTSOLENOID VALVES(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
EVAPCANISTER
CLOSE VALVE *
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
NOTES:
* EVAP Canister Close Valve andFuel Tank Pressure Sensor – NASvehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed linesare braided wires.
TP SENSOR APP SENSOR
THROTTLEMOTOR
THROTTLE BODY
V6 Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 03.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI49 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER LH SIDE OF ENGINE
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R8
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR FH110 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE, HIGH PRESSUREREFRIGERANT LINE, BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CA36 2-WAY / GREY TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH CA285 (LHD) 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL (TOP SWITCH)CA291 (RHD) 5-WAY / BLACK
COOLING FAN MODULE FH108 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, REARWARD OF RADIATORFH109 2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SQ2 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationFC10 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC117 10-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE STEERING COLUMN
IL10 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTOR LINK REAR OF ENGINE
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PI42 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FH1 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
FH3 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
FH22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
FH42 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
FH95 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP (RADIATOR FAN GROUND)
PI51 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE BLOCK
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI PI1-9 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS PI1-12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
SG PI1-19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDO PI1-27 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO RECM): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
I PI1-33 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO PI1-34 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SS PI1-47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCEI PI1-48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O PI1-51 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%O PI1-61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-62 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-63 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-87 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-88 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-89 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI1-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLEI PI1-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ CA100-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
B+ CA101-1 FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN FUEL PUMP RELAY IS ACTIVATEDSG CA101-2 LOGIC GROUND / FUEL PUMP DRIVE SHIELD: GROUND
NOTE: The ECM communicates (CAN / SCP)with the RECM for fuel pump diagnostics.
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
COOLING FAN MODULE
FAN
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
VIAINERTIA SWITCH
FUEL PUMPRELAY
FUEL PUMP DIODE (2)
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
V6 Vehicles
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
COOLING FAN
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 03.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR CA88 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CA37 2-WAY / GREEN TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CKP SENSOR (V8) PI21 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDER SIDE, FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING
CMP SENSOR 1 (V8) PI23 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 (RH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 (V8) PI22 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 (LH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
SG PI1-30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDI PI1-31 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
MANUAL, ROW – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN IGNITION CRANK (III)MANUAL, NAS – CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I PI1-36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1-37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O PI1-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG PI1-43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1-44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG PI1-45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1-46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I PI1-50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO PI1-52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG PI1-54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUNDO PI1-55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O PI1-56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1-57 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O PI1-58 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1-59 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O PI1-60 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1-66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%
O PI1-67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1-68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG PI1-69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1-70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I PI1-71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1-73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI1-75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 VI PI1-76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 VI PI1-78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I PI1-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNINGO PI1-80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I PI1-83 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1-84 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
SG PI1-91 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUNDO PI1-92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O PI1-93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%I PI1-94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG PI1-95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1-98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
I PI1-99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONSG PI1-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
I PI1-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 (MAN)I PI1-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)
I PI1-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESD PI1-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O PI1-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORI PI1-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I PI1-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTO PI1-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O PI1-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%SG PI1-111 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUND
C PI1-124 CAN +I PI1-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI1-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGI PI1-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG PI1-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUNDB+ PI1-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
YU
YR
YG
YU
PIS29
PI40BR PI40AL
B
B
B
B
BB
B
B
BB
PI1-116
PI1-111
PI1-091
PI1-054
PI1-030
PI1-029
PI1-018
PI1-017
PI1-004
PI1-005
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
PIS30
BB
P
P
PIS28
B
PI40AR
BB
PI1-082
PI1-081
RWNG
YR
BW
RURU
PI10 PI12-3 -4 -1-2 -3 -4 -1-2
2/11/1
PI11 PI13-4 -3 -1-2 -4 -3 -1-2
2/21/2
R Y RU
WG
G N RW
WR
N B UY
WG
N B RW
WR
NUYN
RW
RW
PIS12
PIS13
PIS11
PI1-008
PI1-080
PI1-106
PI1-127
PI1-012
PI1-103
PI1-102
PI1-037
PI1-036
PI1-094
PI1-095
PI1-100
PI1-068
PI1-069
PI1-098
PI1-093
PI1-056
PI1-128
PI1-092
PI1-129
PI1-001
PI1-002
PI1-130
PI1-083
PI1-084
PI1-107
PI1-108
PI1-055
PI1-044
PI1-045
PI1-046
PI1-071
PI1-019
PI1-070
PI1-078
PI1-073
PI1-050
PI1-104
PI1-020
PI1-013
PI1-043
PI1-076
PI1-075
PI1-067
PI1-066
PI1-057
PI1-058
PI1-110
PI1-109
U U λ λ
BB
1 2
-1-2PI16 -1-2PI17
YUY
PI20 -1
PI21-1
PI23-2
PI22-1
21
B O Y R N G B N
PI21-2
PI23-1
PI22-2
-2
BG BGBG BG
PIS19
PI19 -1
B N
-2
BOYRBGNGN
GWBK
I PI1-099N
BG
PI14 -1 -3 -2 PI25 -2 -1-5-4
υ
IATS
υ
PI24 -1 -2
υ
GW
BK
U BG
GU
PIS21
E89
PI28 -3 -2 -1
υ
UY
BG
Y BG
U BG
OY
YR
BG
PI27 -1 -2 FP1 -3 -1-2PI29 -2 -1 -4
RG
OY
BG
OY
BK
BG
PIS22
BGFHS6
BG
BG
BG
PI41-18
OY OY
PI41-17
FP2-3
FH3-12
PI41-14
RG
RG
FP2-2
FH3-13
FP2-6
FH3-11
OY
OY
BKUUYBGYUYROY
RGBK
OBBGY
PIS25
FHS7
TP1
PI18-1
PI18-2
PI26-1
TP2
BG
BG
FC26-8
FC26-16
OY
OY
APP1 APP2
CA88-5
OBBG
Y
FC26-5
FC26-6
FC12-3
FC12-4
BO
BFC12-10
BFC26-7
FC26-13FC12-5
FC26-15FC12-6
YBG
R Y RW
GW
B B
OY
BG
BBGGWRWYR
GO
OY
BG
FC12-9
FC12-2
CAS81CAS82
OY
BG
PI41-8
PI41-7
PI41-6
PI41-12
PI41-3
OB
B
BGY
CA88-3
CA88-4
CA88-2
CA88-6
CA88-1
PI26-3
PI26-2
PI26-4
CA270 -2 -1FH111 -2 -1
UY
GU
O GU
E88
E87
PI41-29
PI41-10
OFH1-7
FH1-9PI41-23
CA37 -2 -1
GO
NR
CAS22
GO GO
BRD
OUY
YUYG
O
O PI1-059
PI1-060
YRYU
PI15-4
PI15-1
PI15-6
PI15-3
GU
GU
PI15-2
PI15-5
E90
E92
PI1-006
PI1-007
PI1-010
GU
GO
Y
PI1-123
GPI1-124
Y
PI1-105
W
PI1-134
GU
PI1-052
GR O
PI41-38
PI41-39
NR
GR
48 YR
GR
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
PI1-031
PI1-079
PI1-041
GR
GO
YR
02.2
29II
I
I
I02.2
02.2
I02.2
PI1-022
NR73
PI1-040
BW O01.7
–
+
O
I
PI1-024
WGPI1-023
WG
E111
32II
E94
E95
B
B
B
B3
1
5
2
R4 4
F18 20A
GU
E116
E115
E113
E114
90
04.1
BB B
B
1234
1 2
Engine Management: V8 N/A – Part 1 Engine Management: V8 N/A – Part 1 Fig. 03.3
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM
CKPSENSOR
CMPSENSORS
KNOCKSENSORS
MAFSENSOR
ECTSENSOR
EOTSENSOR
IPSENSOR
EFTSENSOR
MAPSENSOR
FTPSENSOR *
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR:FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
THROTTLE MOTORRELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.4)
VVTSOLENOID VALVES
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
EVAPCANISTER
CLOSE VALVE *
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
NOTES:
* EVAP Canister Close Valve andFuel Tank Pressure Sensor – NASvehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed linesare braided wires.
STEPPERMOTOR
EGR VALVE
TP SENSOR
THROTTLEMOTOR
THROTTLE BODY
APP SENSOR
V8 N/A Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 03.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI49 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER LH SIDE OF ENGINE
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R8
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR FH110 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE, HIGH PRESSUREREFRIGERANT LINE, BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CA36 2-WAY / GREY TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
COOLING FAN MODULE FH108 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, REARWARD OF RADIATORFH109 2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
FC10 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC117 10-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE STEERING COLUMN
FH1 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
FH3 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PI42 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
FH22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
FH42 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
FH95 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP (RADIATOR FAN GROUND)
PI51 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE BLOCK
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI PI1-9 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS PI1-12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V
SG PI1-19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDO PI1-27 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO RECM): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
O PI1-34 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSS PI1-47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I PI1-48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO PI1-51 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O PI1-61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-62 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-63 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-64 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-87 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-88 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-89 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-90 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-112 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-117 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I PI1-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I PI1-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ CA100-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
B+ CA101-1 FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN FUEL PUMP RELAY IS ACTIVATED
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.3.
RESUME
SET +
SET –
CANCEL
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control –refer to Speed Control Switches Fig. 05.3.
AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKECANCELSWITCH
FUEL PUMP 1
FUEL TANK
NOTE: The ECM communicates (CAN / SCP)with the RECM for Fuel Pump diagnostics.
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
COOLING FAN
FAN
COOLING FANMODULE
VIAINERTIA SWITCH
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
FUEL PUMPRELAY
FUEL PUMP DIODE (2)
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
V8 N/A Vehicles
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 03.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR CA88 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CA37 2-WAY / GREEN TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CKP SENSOR (V8) PI21 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDER SIDE, FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING
CMP SENSOR 1 (V8) PI23 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 (RH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 (V8) PI22 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 (LH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
SG PI1-30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDI PI1-31 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
MANUAL, ROW – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN IGNITION CRANK (III)MANUAL, NAS – CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I PI1-36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1-37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O PI1-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG PI1-43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1-44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG PI1-45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1-46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I PI1-50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO PI1-52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG PI1-54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUNDO PI1-55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O PI1-56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1-57 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O PI1-58 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1-59 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN
O PI1-60 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1-66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%
O PI1-67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1-68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG PI1-69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1-70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I PI1-71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1-72 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I PI1-73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1-75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 VI PI1-76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 V
I PI1-78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1-79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
O PI1-80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORSG PI1-81 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
O PI1-92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%O PI1-93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
I PI1-94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1-95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I PI1-98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONI PI1-99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION
SG PI1-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 (MAN)
I PI1-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)I PI1-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
D PI1-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATIONO PI1-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I PI1-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
I PI1-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I PI1-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGSG PI1-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
B+ PI1-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
PIS29
PI40BR PI40AL
B
B
B
B
BB
B
B
BB
PI1-116
PI1-111
PI1-091
PI1-054
PI1-030
PI1-029
PI1-018
PI1-017
PI1-004
PI1-005
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
PIS30
BB
P
P
PIS28
B
PI40AR
BB
PI1-082
PI1-081
RWNG
YR
BW
RURU
PI10 PI12-3 -4 -1-2 -3 -4 -1-2
2/11/1
PI11 PI13-4 -3 -1-2 -4 -3 -1-2
2/21/2
R Y RU
WG
G N RW
WR
N B UY
WG
N B RW
WR
NUYN
RW
RW
PIS12
PIS13
PIS11
PI1-008
PI1-080
PI1-106
PI1-127
PI1-012
PI1-103
PI1-102
PI1-037
PI1-036
PI1-094
PI1-095
PI1-100
PI1-068
PI1-069
PI1-098
PI1-093
PI1-056
PI1-128
PI1-092
PI1-129
PI1-001
PI1-002
PI1-130
PI1-083
PI1-084
PI1-107
PI1-108
PI1-055
PI1-044
PI1-045
PI1-046
PI1-071
PI1-019
PI1-070
PI1-078
PI1-073
PI1-050
PI1-104
PI1-020
PI1-013
PI1-043
PI1-076
PI1-075
PI1-067
PI1-066
PI1-057
PI1-058
U U λ λ
PI20 -1
PI21-1
PI23-2
PI22-1
21
B O Y R N G B N
PI21-2
PI23-1
PI22-2
-2
BG BGBG BG
PIS19
PI19 -1
B N
-2
BOYRBGNGN
GWBK
I PI1-099N
BG
PI14 -1 -3 -2 PI25 -2 -1-5-4
υ
IATS
υ
PI24 -1 -2
υ
GW
BK
U BG
GU
PIS48
E89
PI28 -3 -2 -1
υ
UY
BG
Y BG
U BG
OY
YR
BG
PI27 -1 -2 FP1 -3 -1-2PI29 -2 -1 -4
RG
OY
BG
OY
BK
BG
PIS40
BGFHS6
BG
BG
BG
PI41-18
OY OY
PI41-17
FP2-3
FH3-12
PI41-14
RG
RG
FP2-2
FH3-13
FP2-6
FH3-11
OY
OY
BKUUYBGYUYROY
RGBK
OBBGY
PIS25
FHS7
TP1
PI18-1
PI18-2
PI26-1
TP2
BG
BG
FC26-8
FC26-16
OY
OY
APP1 APP2
CA88-5
OBBG
Y
FC26-5
FC26-6
FC12-3
FC12-4
BO
BFC12-10
BFC26-7
FC26-13FC12-5
FC26-15FC12-6
YBG
R Y RW
GW
B B
OY
BG
BBGGWRWYR
GO
OY
BG
FC12-9
FC12-2
CAS81CAS82
OY
BG
PI41-8
PI41-7
PI41-6
PI41-12
PI41-3
OB
B
BGY
CA88-3
CA88-4
CA88-2
CA88-6
CA88-1
PI26-3
PI26-2
PI26-4
CA270 -2 -1FH111 -2 -1
UY
GU
O GU
E88
E87
PI41-29
PI41-10
OFH1-7
FH1-9PI41-23
CA37 -2 -1
GO
NR
CAS22
GO GO
BRD
OUY
YUYG
O
O PI1-059
PI1-060
YRYU
PI43 -1 -2
υ
I PI1-072YU
YU
BG
YU
YR
YG
YU
PI15-4
PI15-1
PI15-6
PI15-3
GU
GU
PI15-2
PI15-5
E90
E92
PI1-006
PI1-007
PI1-010
GU
GO
Y
PI1-123
GPI1-124
Y
PI1-105
W
PI1-134
GU
PI1-052
GR O
PI41-38
PI41-39
NR
GR
48 YR
GR
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
PI1-031
PI1-079
PI1-041
GR
GO
YR
02.2
29II
I
I
I02.2
02.2
I02.2
PI1-022
NR73
PI1-040
BW O01.7
–
+
O
I
PI1-024
WGPI1-023
WG
E111
32II
E94
E95
B
B
B
B3
1
5
2
R4 4
F18 20A
GU
E113
E115
E114
E116
90
04.1
PIS47
BGPIS49
BG PIS41
OY
BB B
B
1234
1 2
Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 1 Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 1 Fig. 03.5
HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM
CKPSENSOR
CMPSENSORS
KNOCKSENSORS
MAFSENSOR
ECTSENSOR
EOTSENSOR
IPSENSOR
EFTSENSOR
MAPSENSOR
FTPSENSOR *
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR:FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
THROTTLE MOTORRELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 03.6)
IATSENSOR 2
EVAPCANISTER
PURGE VALVE
EVAPCANISTER
CLOSE VALVE *
BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH
NOTES:
* EVAP Canister Close Valve andFuel Tank Pressure Sensor – NASvehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed lines arebraided wires.
STEPPERMOTOR
EGR VALVE
TP SENSOR
THROTTLEMOTOR
THROTTLE BODY
APP SENSOR
V8 SC Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 03.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE FH10 2-WAY / BLACK AIR CLEANER HOUSING
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI49 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER LH SIDE OF ENGINE
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R8
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR FH110 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE, HIGH PRESSUREREFRIGERANT LINE, BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CA36 2-WAY / GREY TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
COOLING FAN MODULE FH108 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, REARWARD OF RADIATORFH109 2-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
SS PI1-12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VO PI1-14 AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG PI1-19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDO PI1-27 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO RECM): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
O PI1-34 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSS PI1-47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I PI1-48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO PI1-51 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O PI1-53 FUEL PUMP 2 DRIVE (TO FUEL PUMP 2 MODULE): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%O PI1-61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-62 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-63 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-64 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-87 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-88 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-89 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-90 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-112 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-117 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I PI1-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLEI PI1-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
Rear Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ CA100-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
B+ CA101-1 FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN FUEL PUMP RELAY IS ACTIVATEDSG CA101-2 LOGIC GROUND / FUEL PUMP DRIVE SHIELD: GROUND
Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 2 Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 2 Fig. 03.6
FRONT OFENGINE
CYLINDER NUMBERING
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILSIGNITION
CAPACITOR
ENGINE CONTROLMODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.5)
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.5.
RESUME
SET +
SET –
CANCEL
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control –refer to Speed Control Switches Fig. 05.3.
AIR CLEANERSOLENOID VALVE
AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKECANCELSWITCH
FUEL PUMP 1
FUEL PUMP 2
FUEL TANK
INTERCOOLERPUMP
NOTE: The ECM communicates (CAN / SCP)with the RECM for Fuel Pump 1 diagnostics.
FUEL PUMP 2MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH
COOLING FAN
FAN
COOLING FANMODULE
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
VIAINERTIA SWITCH
FUEL PUMPRELAY
FUEL PUMP DIODE (2)
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
V8 SC Vehicles
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 04.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH CA285 (LHD) 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL (TOP SWITCH)
CA291 (RHD) 5-WAY / BLACK
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CA287 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH CA286 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL (BOTTOM SWITCH)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
IGNITION SWITCH FC18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
J GATE MODULE CA245 16-WAY / BLACK J GATE ASSEMBLY
NEUTRAL SWITCH GB4 2-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION, LH REAR
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE CA241 4-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REARCA242 12-WAY / BLACK
REVERSE SWITCH GB5 2-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION, LH REAR
TRANSMISSION CAPACITOR (V6) GB17 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TRANSMISSION CAPACITOR (V8) PI59 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationFC26 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, DRIVER SIDE
FH1 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
FH3 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST
GB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
PI42 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Parking Brake Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA242-3 IN-GEAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
SS CA242-8 SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
SG CA242-9 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI CA242-11 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SENSOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI PI1-31 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
MANUAL, ROW – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN IGNITION CRANK (III)MANUAL, NAS – CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I PI1-33 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicC GB2-2 CAN -C GB2-6 CAN +
B+ GB2-9 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+O GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
PG GB2-13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ GB2-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG GB2-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
CA245-11
CA245-9
GB2-14
CA245-10
GB2-9
GB2-10
B
Y
G
Y
GR
GO
NR
GB1-6
GB2-6
GB2-2
CA245-4
CA245-2
B
B
74
19II
GR03.103.303.5 02.102.2
PI40AL
P
PPIS30
BGB2-16
BGB2-13
B
υ
C
C
20.1
20.1
G
Y
G
Y
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
CA245-1
GO
CA245-3
UY
P
R
N
D
2
3
CA141
NRFC18-4
YFC18-3
I
O
O
7
09.2
17II
B
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1CA245-12 P
YFC26-4 FCS25
Y 07.1
O
CAN
P
R
N
D
5
4
3
4
5
–
+
PI42-8
GRFH3-10PI1-031 GB1-13
WGPI1-033
CA285 -2 -1 (RHD)
WG
NR
FH3-2PI41-4
WG
GRGB1-6
GR
91
BGB5-2GB5-1PIS30
B
PI40AL
GBGB1-9
B 08.3
RCA242-11
CA287-2
CA287-3
CA287-1
I
GB
YR
I
I
GR
B YGGB4-1PIS30
B
PI40AL
CA242-3
IYGFH1-2GB4-2 PI42-5
YGYGGB1-12
BGB1-10
CA291 -3 -1 (LHD)
GB2-9
GO B18IIV6
V8
V6
V8
GB1-8
NR NRGBS4
GB17-1
GB17-2
NR
PI40AL
P
PGB1-9
GB1-10
PIS30
B
B
BGB2-16
BGB2-13
BGBS3
B
B
GB2-14
NR B75 NRPIS54
PI59-1
PI59-2
NR
BPIS53
B
CA286 -2 -1
GR
NR
92 CA242-9
CA242-8
V6
V8
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Transmissions Transmissions Fig. 04.1
ECM: PARK, NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NOTE: GB1-6 – V6 only.
CAPACITOR (V6)
CAPACITOR (V8)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
SHIFTSOLENOID
TURBINESPEED SENSOR
OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR
GEAR POSITIONSWITCH
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR
POSITIONS 2 3 4 5• BRAKE ON / OFF
GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKSOLENOID
MODESWITCH
NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH
J GATE ASSEMBLY
REFER TO APPENDIXTCM / CAN MESSAGES
GEAR SELECTOR ANDMODE SWITCH ILLUMINATION
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
KEY LOCKSOLENOID
IGNITION SWITCH
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
CLUTCH CANCELSWITCH
CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH
(NAS ONLY)
CLUTCH PEDALPOSITION SENSOR *
NEUTRALSWITCH
REVERSE SWITCH
REVERSE LAMPS
PARKING BRAKECONTROL MODULE
All Vehicles
TCCPRESSURE REGULATORSOLENOID
PRESSURE REGULATORSOLENOIDS
FLUID TEMPERATURESENSOR
* NOTE: Early production vehicles – feature not enabled.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
SG FH103-24 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDC FH103-25 CAN - (LOCAL)
SS FH103-26 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VSS FH103-27 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN (NOMINAL 5 V): OPEN / CLOSED CIRCUIT
I FH103-28 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUNDC FH103-29 CAN + (LOCAL)
SS FH103-30 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED (NOMINAL 5 V): CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUITO FH103-31 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID DRIVE: GROUND (PWM)
B+ FH103-32 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – VALVES: B+SG FH103-33 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FH103-34 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTIONI FH103-36 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SG FH103-37 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FH103-38 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I FH103-40 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG FH103-42 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FH103-43 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTIONI FH103-45 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
SG FH103-46 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDPG FH103-47 POWER GROUND – PUMP: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
BK
R
FH103-45G20.1FH103-15
R
WG
FH103-1
FH103-4
FH42
FH103-9
U I
66
15II
B
FH115-1 FH116-1FH115-2 FH116-2
H H
RWFH103-32
69 B
B
Y
G20.1FH103-14
FH103-1220.1
Y
YR14.1FH103-13
FH103-1120.1
O
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
FH103-16
B
FH103-47
B
P
P
CAN
FH104-2 FH104-1
FC119-4
B
FC38
FH103-8
UY
FH103-38
RU
O
FC113-8
B
FC113-4
RUFC10-10
RL1-2 RR1-2
N B N B
RL1-1 RR1-1
H H
FH103-46
FH103-34
FH103-33
FH103-36
FH103-37
FH103-43
FH103-42
FH103-3
G
B
N
B
N
YR
WR
Y
WI
I
I
I
FH6-7
FH6-6
FH1-16
FH1-8
RL2-1
RL2-2
RR2-1
RR2-2
B
N
B
N
FH54-2
FH54-3
FH54-1
FH103-19
NWFH103-18
YBFH103-20
WBI
FH103-6
Y
FH103-7
R
FH103-5
B
FH103-29
Y
FH103-25
U
FH103-24
WB
FH103-26
WR
FH103-40
W
FH103-27
WG
FH103-30
YR
FH103-28
NG
FH103-31
NR
FH103-17
WR
G
FC110-3
Y
FC110-2
R
FC110-1
B
FC110-4
BK
CA236-5
R
CA236-3
Y
CA236-2
U
CA236-1
CC–+
FC10-3
FC10-2
FC10-1
FC10-4
I
I
FCS18
FCS19 FC26-10
FC26-9
C
C
FH2-14
FH2-13–
+
R
B
FH11-3
FH11-1
FH11-2
FH56-5
FH56-2
FH56-1
FH56-4
FH56-3
I
O
WB
WR
W
WG
YR
NG
NR
WR
I
Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 05.1
REFER TO APPENDIXDSC / CAN MESSAGES
SLIDING ROOF: VEHICLE SPEED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR
TRACTION CONTROLSWITCHES
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PRESSUREPUMP
CONTROLVALVES
PUMP
VALVES
LOCAL
VALVES
PUMP
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
BRAKE PRESSURESENSOR
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSORSTEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
YAW RATE ANDLATERAL ACCELERATION
SENSORS CLUSTER
ACTIVE BRAKEBOOSTERSOLENOID
PEDALFORCE
SWITCH
PEDALTRAVELSENSOR
ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 05.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CA287 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CA243 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH GB4 2-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION, LH REAR
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE CA241 4-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REARCA242 12-WAY / BLACK
PARKING BRAKE MOTOR CA269 6-WAY / GREY REAR SUSPENSION SUBFRAME
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Parking Brake Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ CA241-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+O CA241-2 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR ENGAGE: ACTIVATE = B+
O CA241-3 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR DISENGAGE: ACTIVATE = B+PG CA241-4 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S CA242-1 SCP +
I CA242-3 IN-GEAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI CA242-4 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR POSITION SENSOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
I CA242-5 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH – APPLY: CHANGE IN RESISTANCEI CA242-6 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH – RELEASE: CHANGE IN RESISTANCE
S CA242-7 SCP -SS CA242-8 SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
SG CA242-9 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSS CA242-10 SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
I CA242-11 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SENSOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG CA242-12 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS FH59-1 SCP -S FH59-7 SCP +
PG FH59-12 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+I FH60-2 VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING ACTUATOR RETURN: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O FH60-9 VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING ACTUATOR DRIVE: B+ (PWM)PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG FH60-13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG FH60-14 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG FH60-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B
CA243-4CA243-6
RW
WU G
YG
CA269-1
GB4-1PIS30B
PI40AL
CA141
CA241-3U
YCA242-1
CA242-7
O
NR
R
CA241-1
CA242-11
CA241-4
B
CA156
CA242-3
I
44
P
B
FH60-2
NRFH60-1
FH60-15BP
B
NG
FH60-14BP
FH60-13BP
FH59-12 BPFH60-11
BP
FH77
FH60-9
O WG
IFH16-2
FH16-1
S
S
20.2
20.2
453 Ω 150 Ω
100 Ω 100 Ω
CA243-8
U
CA243-2CA243-1
WU B4I
150 Ω453 Ω
CA242-5
I
CA242-6
IH
GWCA269-6
YCA269-3
YBCA269-4
WUCA269-5
CA241-2O
CA242-10
CA242-4
CA242-12
I
CAS97W
U
YFH59-7
FH59-1
20.2
20.2
S
S
CA287-3
CA287-4
I
YGFH1-2GB4-2 PI42-5
YGYGGB1-12
BGB1-10
SCP
S60
YRCA242-8
GBCA242-9CA287-1
Electronic Parking Brake; Variable Assist Power Steering Electronic Parking Brake; Variable Assist Power Steering Fig. 05.2
REFER TO APPENDIX:EPB / SCP MESSAGES
RELEASE
APPLY
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
ELECTRONICPARKING BRAKE SWITCH
NEUTRALSWITCH
CLUTCH PEDALPOSITION SENSOR *
NOTE: Neutral Switch and Clutch Pedal Position Sensor – manualtransmission vehicles only.
* Early production vehicles – feature not enabled.
PARKING BRAKECONTROL MODULE
PARKING BRAKEMOTOR
ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE
VEHICLE SPEED
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
VARIABLE ASSISTSTEERINGACTUATOR
VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 05.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CHIME MODULE FC120 4-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POST
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE FH107 12-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH FRONT BUMPER
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE FH103 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FH103-11 CAN +
C FH103-12 CAN +C FH103-14 CAN -
C FH103-15 CAN -
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicSS PI1-47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE
I PI1-48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDC PI1-123 CAN -
C PI1-124 CAN +
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC15-8 CAN +
C FC15-9 CAN –C FC15-18 CAN +
C FC15-19 CAN –
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
FC4-4FC10-14
YR
G
FC120-1
FC120-3FH107-6
G
YFH107-10
FH107-4
O
NW
NRFH107-7
FH107-1
FH107-2
B
FH42
FH107-12
GW
16II
P
B
C
C
20.1
20.1
G
YPI1-124
PI1-123
PI1-47
WG I
PI1-48
YG
C
C
20.1
20.1
G
YFC15-8
FC15-9
C
C
BS
66
28II
G I
FC120-4
B
FC38
P
GW
FC43-9
B
FC38
FC43-7270 Ω
SQ2-1
SQ2-3
FC10-13 PI41-25
FC10-12 PI41-24
FC117-8
WG
YG
WG
YG
G
YGB2-6
GB2-2
C
C
20.1
20.1–
+
GFH103-15
Y
GFH103-14
FH103-12
YFH103-11
20.1 C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
CAN
G
YFC15-18
FC15-19
C
C
1κ Ω
2.2κ Ω
510 Ω
300 Ω
180 Ω
120 Ω
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
OI
Adaptive Speed Control Adaptive Speed Control Fig. 05.3
FORWARD ALERTSWITCH
FUEL / TRUNK RELEASESWITCH PACK
RESUME
SET +
HEADWAY –
HEADWAY +
SET –
CANCEL
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEEL
NOTE: Vehicles without Adaptive Speed Control –refer to Speed Control Switches, Figs. 03.2, 03.4, 03.6.
ADAPTIVESPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVESPEED CONTROLCHIME MODULE
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL:REFER TO FIGURE SERIES 03.
TRANSMISSIONSTATUS
REFER TO APPENDIXASC / CAN MESSAGES
BRAKE FORCE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
BRAKE CONTROL:REFER TO FIG. 05.1.
WARNINGS;MESSAGE CENTER
INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
NOTE: Early production vehicles – Adaptive Speed Control not fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 05.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE CA11 16-WAY / BLUE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, REAR
CA12 16-WAY / GREY
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT FH117 2-WAY BLACK TOP OF LH FRONT DAMPER
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR CA140 2-WAY BLACK TOP OF LH REAR DAMPER
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT FH118 2-WAY BLACK TOP OF RH FRONT DAMPER
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR CA111 2-WAY BLACK TOP OF RH REAR DAMPER
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE FH103 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 06.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE – PANEL FC27 26-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE
FC28 22-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE FC40 26-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE (LHD), LH SIDE (RHD)FC41 22-WAY / GREY
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FH30 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER, CENTER, FORWARD OF RADIATOR
AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP CP4 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RADIATOR, LH SIDE
AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R7
BLOWER MOTOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK UNDER INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE (LHD), LH SIDE (RHD)
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R7
COLD AIR BYPASS ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK AIR DISTRIBUTION BOX
DEFROST MODE ACTUATOR FC29 6-WAY / BLACK AIR DISTRIBUTION BOX
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR – EVAPORATOR AC5 2-WAY / GREY AIR DISTRIBUTION BOX
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR – LH FC20 2-WAY BLACK AIR DISTRIBUTION BOX
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR – RH FC30 2-WAY BLACK AIR DISTRIBUTION BOX
DUAL COOLANT CONTROL VALVE CP5 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE, REARWARD OF RADIATOR
DUAL SOLAR SENSOR SL1 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL GLARE SHIELD, FRONT CENTER
FLOOR MODE ACTUATOR FC21 6-WAY / BLACK AIR DISTRIBUTION BOX
FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK BLOWER INTAKE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
HUMIDITY SENSOR FC24 4-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL, ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FC24 4-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL, ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER CA122 1-WAY / BLACK CONNECTORS LOCATED IN LH UPPER ‘A’ POSTCA279 1-WAY / BLACK
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R17
PANEL MODE ACTUATOR FC22 6-WAY / BLACK AIR DISTRIBUTION BOX
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
WIPER PARK HEATER / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R21
WIPER PARK HEATER OR RH WINDSHIELD HEATER CA65 1-WAY / BLACK CONNECTORS LOCATED IN RH UPPER ‘A’ POSTCA71 1-WAY / BLACK
AC7 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS BEHIND PASSENGER AIRBAG
CP1 10-WAY / BLACK / INTERCOOLER PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR
FC4 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC10 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC33 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC34 16-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR
FH82 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST
FH114 2-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
SL3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO SOLAR SENSOR LINK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH42 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module – Panel
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC27-1 DEFROST MODE ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC27-2 COLD AIR BYPASS ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC27-3 PANEL MODE ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC27-4 HUMIDITY SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGEO FC27-5 DRIVER SIDE DUAL COOLANT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL DRIVE: ACTIVATE = GROUND (PWM)O FC27-6 PASSENGER SIDE DUAL COOLANT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL DRIVE: ACTIVATE = GROUND (PWM)SS FC27-7 HUMIDITY SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VO FC27-9 FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-10 FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-11 COLD AIR BYPASS ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-12 COLD AIR BYPASS ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-13 DEFROST MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+
SG FC27-14 IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC27-15 FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC27-16 FLOOR MODE ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG FC27-17 ACTUATOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO FC27-18 AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FC27-19 BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FC27-20 HEATED WIPER PARK OR HEATED WINDSHIELD RELAY(S) ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FC27-21 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: B+ (PWM)O FC27-22 FLOOR MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-23 FLOOR MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-24 PANEL MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-25 PANEL MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC27-26 DEFROST MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+
C FC28-1 CAN -PG FC28-2 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ FC28-3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+I FC28-5 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL FEEDBACK: VARIABLE FREQUENCYI FC28-6 PASSENGER SIDE DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI FC28-7 DUAL SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL – LH: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS LIGHT INCREASES
SG FC28-8 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC28-9 IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI FC28-10 EVAPORATOR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG FC28-11 ACTUATORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDC FC28-12 CANB+ FC28-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+I FC28-15 PANEL ILLUMINATION (DIMMER CONTROLLED): B+ (PWM)
SG FC28-16 EVAPORATOR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC28-17 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI FC28-18 DRIVER SIDE DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG FC28-19 LH / RH DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC28-20 DUAL SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL – RH: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS LIGHT INCREASES
SS FC28-22 ACTUATORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
Air Conditioning Control Module – Remote
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC40-1 DEFROST MODE ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC40-2 COLD AIR BYPASS ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC40-3 PANEL MODE ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC40-4 HUMIDITY SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGEO FC40-5 DRIVER SIDE DUAL COOLANT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL DRIVE: ACTIVATE = GROUND (PWM)O FC40-6 PASSENGER SIDE DUAL COOLANT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL DRIVE: ACTIVATE = GROUND (PWM)SS FC40-7 HUMIDITY SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VO FC40-9 FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-10 FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-11 COLD AIR BYPASS ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-12 COLD AIR BYPASS ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-13 DEFROST MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+
SG FC40-14 IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC40-15 FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI FC40-16 FLOOR MODE ACTUATOR POSITION FEEDBACK: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG FC40-17 ACTUATOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO FC40-18 AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FC40-19 BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FC40-20 HEATED WIPER PARK OR HEATED WINDSHIELD RELAY(S) ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FC40-21 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: B+ (PWM)O FC40-22 FLOOR MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-23 FLOOR MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-24 PANEL MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – OPEN: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-25 PANEL MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+O FC40-26 DEFROST MODE ACTUATOR DRIVE – CLOSE: ACTIVATE = B+
C FC41-1 CAN -PG FC41-2 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ FC41-3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+I FC41-5 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL FEEDBACK: VARIABLE FREQUENCYI FC41-6 PASSENGER SIDE DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI FC41-7 DUAL SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL – LH: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS LIGHT INCREASES
SG FC41-8 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC41-9 IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI FC41-10 EVAPORATOR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG FC41-11 ACTUATORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDC FC41-12 CAN +B+ FC41-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+SG FC41-16 EVAPORATOR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FC41-17 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI FC41-18 DRIVER SIDE DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL: NTC SENSOR / VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
SG FC41-19 LH / RH DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC41-20 DUAL SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL – RH: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS LIGHT INCREASES
SS FC41-22 ACTUATORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
SL3-6
RW
BAC7-2AC2-2AC2-1
SL3-8
CP1-5
NG
NW
NW
FC40 / 27-01
FC40 / 27-03
FC40 / 27-05
FC41/28-12
FC40 / 27-02FC41/28-14
FC41/28-01
FC41/28-03
FC40 / 27-06
FC40 / 27-09
FC40 / 27-10
FC40 / 27-17
FC40 / 27-18
FC40 / 27-19
FC40 / 27-22
FC40 / 27-23
FC40 / 27-20
FC40 / 27-24
FC40 / 27-26
FC41 / 28-02
FC40 / 27-25
FC41 / 28-05
FC41 / 28-07
FC41 / 28-09
FC41 / 28-06
FC41 / 28-10
WUNWWR
WB (LHD)NGB
YBYWYUWU
NRBGNGNRWUWRNRWBYRWRWRYR
NGNW
WWRWB
FC40 / 27-11
FC40 / 27-12
FC40 / 27-13
FC40 / 27-15
FC40 / 27-16
FC40 / 27-14
G
Y
NR
NR88
20.1
20.1
FC41 / 28-11
FC28-15
FC41 / 28-17
FC41 / 28-16
FC41 / 28-19
WUNR
UY
NWR
FC41 / 28-22
FC41 / 28-08
FC41 / 28-20YGWNG
FC41 / 28-18 WG (LHD)
FC41 / 28-06 WG (RHD)
FC41 / 28-18 WB (RHD)
B
B
C
C
40II
FC40 / 27-04 WG
FC40 / 27-07 NG
FC40 / 27-21 WU
09.2 I
AC4-6
AC4-1
AC4-3
AC4-5
AC4-4
SL1-5
SL1-1
FC20-1
FC20-2
YRWR WR YR NRNGNG WG WR
υ
SL1-6
GW
FC30-1
FC30-2
NW WB
υ
FC24-1
FC24-3
WU NR
υ
AC5-2
AC5-1
WR NR
υ
FH30-1
FH30-2
WU NW
υ
AC3-1
AC3-6
AC3-3
AC3-4
AC3-5
YRWR WR YR NR
FC29-1
FC29-6
FC29-3
FC29-4
FC29-5
YBWB WB YB NW
FC22-1
FC22-6
FC22-3
FC22-4
FC22-5
YW W Y N
FC21-6
FC21-1
FC21-3
FC21-5
FC21-4
YUWU WU YU NW
AC4-1
AC4-6
AC4-3
AC4-4
AC4-5
(LHD)
(RHD)
LH RH
FC24-2
FC24-4
NG WG
FCS31
SL1-2
WU
NG
WU
SL3-2
SL3-3
FC34-3
FC34-7
FC4-1
FC4-8
FC34-9
FC34-1
FC34-10
FC34-6
FC34-15
FC34-14
FC34-4
NR
ACS2
ACS1
FC34-11
YR
YR
FCS23
FCS32
CAN
FC4-9
FC4-10
70
CP5-3
CP1-2
CP1-1
CP5-2 CP5-1
NW
NW Y
NG
NG
63
64
67
72
68
N
N
Y
Y
NR
NR
RU 3
1
5
2
R214
3
1
5
2
R74
NG
RW
NG
NG 12
13BG
R 3
1
5
2
R74
RBAC7-1
AC2-3
AC2-6
WU
FC34-5
FC34-12
FC33-5
CA50(CA30)
CA279-1CA122-1
RWB
CA30
CA65-1CA71-1
RUB
CA50
FH114-1
FH82-1
3
1
5
2
R174
FC10-5
BCP4-2 CP4-1
RWCP1-4
FH42
B
FC10-9
FC38
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
P
I
I
I
I
08.208.3
O
I
08.1
08.208.3 08.1
Climate Control System; Windshield Heaters Climate Control System; Windshield Heaters Fig. 06.1
NOTE: Mirror Heaters and Heated RearWindow controlled via A/CCM / CAN / SCP /GECM / DDCM. Refer to Fig. 10.2.
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Remote A/CCM (navigation): FC40 / FC41;A/CCM with control panel: FC27 / FC28.Connector numbers are shown as FC40 / 27 and FC41 / 28.
NOTE: Refer to Figures 03.2, 03.4, 03.6 for Air Conditioning Compressorand Refrigerant Pressure Sensor circuits. DRIVER PASSENGER
DUAL COOLANTCONTROL VALVE
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTORRELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
WIPER PARK HEATER ORRH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
AUXILIARYCOOLANT PUMP *
* NOTE: Auxiliary Coolant Pump and circuit – V8 only.
WIPER PARK HEATER /RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
LH WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY
AUXILIARY COOLANT PUMPRELAY *
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING DRIVE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
J GATE: NOT-IN-PARK(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
MLS / KM
TRIP A / B
RESET
TRIP COMPUTERSWITCHES
AUXILIARYLIGHTING SWITCH
TRIP CYCLESWITCH
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH(COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
ENGINECOOLANT LEVEL
SENSOR
LOGIC
AIRBAGWARNINGS
AIRBAGWARNING INDICATOR
SEAT BELTAUDIBLE WARNING
KEY-INAUDIBLE WARNING
KEY-INAUDIBLE WARNING
MESSAGE CENTER
MESSAGE CENTER
LOW ENGINE COOLANT LEVELWARNING
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REFER TO APPENDIXSCP / IC MESSAGES
LOGIC
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
LOGIC
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
OIL PRESSURESWITCH
WASHER FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH
RH SIDEFUEL LEVEL SENSOR
LH SIDEFUEL LEVEL SENSOR
FUEL TANK
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) FC116 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
SIDE MARKER – LH BF2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER, LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER – RH BF3 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER, RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH FH62 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH FH76 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationBF1 6-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, LH SIDE
FH40 12-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO LH FRONT HEADLAMP LINK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, LH SIDE
FH39 12-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO RH FRONT HEADLAMP LINK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, RH SIDE
SL3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO SOLAR SENSOR LINK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FH9-7 LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O FH9-11 RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FH9-19 RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O FH9-22 LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND†
S FH59-1 SCP -
O FH59-2 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FH59-5 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S FH59-7 SCP +
O FH59-10 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDPG FH59-12 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O FH60-4 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
O FH60-5 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O FH60-7 RH DIP BEAM ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FH60-8 LH DIP BEAM ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FH60-10 RH MAIN BEAM ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG FH60-13 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG FH60-14 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG FH60-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O FH60-17 LH MAIN BEAM ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-9 HAZARD INDICATOR: PULSED B+
SG FC14-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG FC15-2 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ FC15-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FC15-10 SCP –S FC15-20 SCP +
I FC63-1 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – TURN SIGNALS, HAZARD WARNING: TURN = VARIABLE RESISTANCE; HAZARD = GROUND
I FC63-2 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – EXIT DELAY: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG FC63-3 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FC63-6 FOG LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG FC63-10 AUTOLAMP SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I FC63-12 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – MAIN, FLASH: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI FC63-13 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – OFF, SIDE, DIP, AUTOLAMP: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Exterior Lighting: Front Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 08.1
FC116-4
B
UY
U
FC119-3
FC113-8
FC38
FC63-10
NG
NG
FH9-7
U
YFH59-7
FH59-1
O
NGFH59-6
FH60-15B
86
P
B
20.2
20.2
S
S
BG
FH60-14B P
FH60-13B P
FH59-12B PFH60-11
B P
FH77
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
Y 20.2
20.2
NGFC15-3
FC15-2
B
FC38
85
P
B
FC14-14
B
SCP
470 Ω
270 Ω
180 Ω
470 Ω
270 Ω
180 Ω
56 Ω
220 Ω
270 Ω
470 Ω
220 Ω
270 Ω
470 Ω
FC116-3
OY
FC116-1
UY
FC116-2
O
FC116-6
UY
UYFCS5
1.2 ΚΩ
1.2 ΚΩ
FC119-4
B
BOFC119-7
3.9 ΚΩ
820 Ω (LHD)470 Ω (RHD)
470 Ω (LHD)820 Ω (RHD)
GU (LHD)WB (RHD)
FC11-5 (LHD)FC11-6 (RHD)
GOFC11-7
SL3-6
SL3-8
SL1-5
SL1-1
NG
WR
SL1-6
GW
SL1-2
WU
GW
WR
LH
RH
06.1
06.1
I
NG
WUFC63-21
FC63-13
FC63-2
FC63-1
FC63-12
FC63-3
FC14-9
FC63-6
FC63-15
O
I
I
I
I
I
NWFH62-2 FH62-1
NWBOBF2-1 BF2-2
NWBWHL8-1 HL8-2
NWBGHL4-1 HL4-2
NWBWHL3-1 HL3-2
NRBRHL2-2 HL2-1
BBF6-2 BF6-1
BBF5-2 BF5-1
NW
NRFH76-1 FH76-2
NRBWBF3-1 BF3-2
NW
BG
NWBWHL7-1 HL7-3
BF1-2FH9-22O BO
FH40-3FH60-5O BW
FH40-3FH60-5O BW
FH40-4FH59-2O BG
FH40-5FH60-8O BR
FH40-6FH60-17O BG
NRBWHR8-1 HR8-2
NRBGHR4-1 HR4-2
NWBWHR3-1 HR3-2
NRBRHR2-2 HR2-1
NRBWHR7-1 HR7-3
BOFH9-19
O BO
BF1-4FH9-11O BW
FH39-3FH60-4O BW
FH39-3FH60-4O BW
FH39-4FH59-10O BR
FH39-5FH60-7O BW
FH39-6FH60-10O BR
S53
S52
S51
S58
S54
S48
S47
S46
S49
S57
BBF4-2 BF4-1
NW
BBF7-2 BF7-1
NW
B
B
FH22
BF1-3
BFS2NW
BFS1
BG
NW
FHS62FH59-5O BG
BF1-6
3
1
5
2
R11 4
59
60
NWHLS1
NRHRS1
CLIMATE CONTROL:SOLAR LOAD
DUAL SOLAR SENSOR(AUTO HEADLAMP)
AUTOLAMP
DIP BEAM
SIDE LAMPS
OFF
AUTOLAMP
EXIT DELAY 1
EXIT DELAY 2
EXIT DELAY 3
LH TURN
RH TURN
FLASH
MAIN BEAM
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH(COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
HAZARD SWITCHAND INDICATOR
CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK
FRONT
REAR
FOG LAMPSWITCHES
AUXILIARYLIGHTING SWITCH
LOGIC
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REFER TO APPENDIXSCP / GECM LIGHTING MESSAGES
LOGIC
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
FRONT FOG LAMPRELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH TURN REPEATER
LH SIDE MARKER *
TURN **
TURN **
SIDE
DIP
MAIN
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
RH TURN REPEATER
RH SIDE MARKER *
TURN **
TURN **
SIDE
MAIN
DIP
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH FRONTFOG LAMP
RH FRONTFOG LAMP
Non HID Headlamp Vehicles
NOTES:
* Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.** Either single or dual filament turn signals fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
BF1 6-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, LH SIDE
FH6 16-WAY GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO GECM
FH39 12-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO RH FRONT HEADLAMP LINK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, RH SIDE
FH40 12-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO LH FRONT HEADLAMP LINK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, LH SIDE
SL3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO SOLAR SENSOR LINK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
FH42 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA31-20 LH HID RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND†
O FH9-6 RH HID RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FH9-7 LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
O FH9-11 RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FH9-19 RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
O FH9-22 LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND†
S FH59-1 SCP -O FH59-2 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O FH59-5 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDB+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FH59-7 SCP +O FH59-10 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG FH59-12 POWER GROUND: GROUNDO FH60-4 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
O FH60-5 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O FH60-10 RH MAIN BEAM ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG FH60-13 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG FH60-14 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG FH60-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O FH60-17 LH MAIN BEAM ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC14-9 HAZARD INDICATOR: PULSED B+
SG FC14-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG FC15-2 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ FC15-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FC15-10 SCP –S FC15-20 SCP +
I FC63-1 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – TURN SIGNALS, HAZARD WARNING: TURN = VARIABLE RESISTANCE; HAZARD = GROUND
I FC63-2 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – EXIT DELAY: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG FC63-3 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FC63-6 FOG LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG FC63-10 AUTOLAMP SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I FC63-12 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – MAIN, FLASH: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI FC63-13 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS – OFF, SIDE, DIP, AUTOLAMP: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Fig. 08.2
FC116-4
B
UY
U
FC119-3
FC113-8
FC38
FC63-10
NG
NG
FH9-7
U
YFH59-7
FH59-1
O
NGFH59-6
FH60-15B
86
P
B
20.2
20.2
S
S
BG
FH60-14B P
FH60-13B P
FH59-12B PFH60-11
B P
FH77
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
Y 20.2
20.2
NGFC15-3
FC15-2
B
FC38
85
P
B
FC14-14
B
SCP
470 Ω
270 Ω
180 Ω
470 Ω
270 Ω
180 Ω
56 Ω
220 Ω
270 Ω
470 Ω
220 Ω
270 Ω
470 Ω
FC116-3
OY
FC116-1
UY
FC116-2
O
FC116-6
UY
UYFCS5
1.2 ΚΩ
1.2 ΚΩ
FC119-4
B
BOFC119-7
3.9 ΚΩ
820 Ω (LHD)470 Ω (RHD)
470 Ω (LHD)820 Ω (RHD)
GU (LHD)WB (RHD)
FC11-5 (LHD)FC11-6 (RHD)
GOFC11-7
SL3-6
SL3-8
SL1-5
SL1-1
NG
WR
SL1-6
GW
SL1-2
WU
GW
WR06.1
06.1
I
NG
WUFC63-21
FC63-13
FC63-2
FC63-1
FC63-12
FC63-3
FC14-9
FC63-6
FC63-15
O
I
I
I
I
I
NWFH62-2 FH62-1
NWBOBF2-1 BF2-2
NWBWHL8-1 HL8-2
NWBGHL4-1 HL4-2
NRBRHL2-2 HL2-1
BBF6-2 BF6-1
BBF5-2 BF5-1
NW
NRFH76-1 FH76-2
NRBWBF3-1 BF3-2
NW
BG
NWBWHL7-1 HL7-3
BF1-2FH9-22O BO
FH40-3FH60-5O BW
FH40-3FH60-5O BW
FH40-4FH59-2O BG
FH6-14CA31-20O NW
FH40-6FH60-17O BG
NRBWHR8-1 HR8-2
NRBGHR4-1 HR4-2
NRBRHR2-2 HR2-1
NRBWHR7-1 HR7-3
BOFH9-19
O BO
BF1-4FH9-11O BW
FH39-3FH60-4O BW
FH39-3FH60-4O BW
FH39-4FH59-10O BR
FH9-6O BW
FH39-6FH60-10O BR
S53
S52
S54
S48
S47
S57
BBF4-2 BF4-1
NW
BBF7-2 BF7-1
NW
B
B
FH22
BF1-3
BFS2NW
BFS1
BG
NW
FHS62FH59-5O BG
BF1-6
3
1
5
2
R11 4
59
60
NW
HL6-2 HL6-1
FH22
B
HR6-2 HR6-1
FH42
B
B
BNR
NRBW
NR3
1
5
2
R13 4
S59
FH39-5
N58
NR
NW
NR
S50
763
1
5
2
R10 4
FH40-5
NFH40-11
FH39-11
S51
S46
NWHLS1
NRHRS1
LH
RH
CLIMATE CONTROL:SOLAR LOAD
DUAL SOLAR SENSOR(AUTO HEADLAMP)
AUTOLAMP
DIP BEAM
SIDE LAMPS
OFF
AUTOLAMP
EXIT DELAY 1
EXIT DELAY 2
EXIT DELAY 3
LH TURN
RH TURN
MAIN BEAM
FLASH
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH(COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
HAZARD SWITCHAND INDICATOR
CENTER CONSOLESWITCH PACK
FRONT
REAR
FOG LAMPSWITCHES
AUXILIARYLIGHTING SWITCH
LOGIC LOGIC
REFER TO APPENDIXSCP / GECM LIGHTING MESSAGES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
LH HID RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RH HID RELAY
FRONT FOG LAMPRELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH TURN REPEATER
LH SIDE MARKER *
TURN **
TURN **
SIDE
MAIN
BALLAST
DIP
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
RH TURN REPEATER
RH SIDE MARKER *
TURN **
TURN **
SIDE
MAIN
BALLAST
DIP
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
LH FRONTFOG LAMP
RH FRONTFOG LAMP
HID Headlamp Vehicles
NOTES:
* Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.** Either single or dual filament turn signals fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA63-1 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CA63-2 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA63-3 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O CA63-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
O CA63-5 RH TAIL LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CA63-6 LH TAIL LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA63-7 LH REAR FOG LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CA63-8 RH REAR FOG LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA63-9 LH REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CA63-10 RH REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA63-17 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA100-5 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CA100-6 LH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA100-12 RH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ CA101-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S CA102-1 SCP +S CA102-2 SCP -
PG CA102-12 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI CA102-13 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / B+
PG CA103-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG CA103-12 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CA103-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG CA103-26 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA100-5 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O TT2-1 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO TT2-2 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O TT2-3 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O TT2-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
O TT2-5 RH TAIL LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO TT2-6 LH TAIL LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O TT2-9 LH REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO TT2-10 RH REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O TT2-17 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
* NOTE: Either single connector or two connectors fitted.
LIGHTING INPUTS:REFER TO FIG. 08.3.
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
TRAILER TOWINGCONTROL MODULE
HIGH–MOUNTEDSTOP LAMP
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
LH TAIL LAMPUNIT
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMPUNIT
LICENSE PLATELAMPS
Trailer Towing Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
FC4 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FH2 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
FH39 12-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO RH FRONT HEADLAMP LINK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, RH SIDE
FH40 12-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO LH FRONT HEADLAMP LINK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER, LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationFC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
FH42 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
FH12-19
G
Y20.1
20.1
FH12-2
FH12-3
ONW
YR
FH12-23
FH12-6
B
FH42
FH12-24
25II
I
C
C
DWFH12-5
20.2
GWFH12-25
YBFH12-11
YRFH12-7
I
YUFH12-10
YGFH12-12
FH113-6
FH113-5
FH113-1
CA240-6
CA240-5
CA240-1
YR
GW
YB
YR
YU
YG
FH2-2
FH2-1
FH2-3
FH12-16
O
FH12-18
O
FH12-17
O
FH12-21
O
FH12-22
O
FH12-20
O
FH12-15
O
HL10-1
HL10-4
HL10-2
HL10-3
HR10-1
HR10-4
HR10-2
HR10-3
FH39-1
W Y
FH39-7
G G
FH39-8
N UY
FH39-2
R O
FH40-1
Y Y
FH40-7
G G
FH40-8
U UY
FH40-2
O O
B
O
O
P
YRHL1-3
HL1-2
YRHR1-3
HR1-2
HL1-1
HR1-1
NR
NR
FC4-6
NR
B
FC38
FC11-12
FC11-10
B
B
FH22
FC11-11
YR27II
2800 Ω5000 Ω6040 Ω
390 ΩFHS20
FHS40
YR26II
FH40-1
FH40-7
FH40-8
FH39-1
FH39-7
FH39-8
B
B
FH42
YR
YR
NR NR
NR
Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 08.5
HEADLAMP LEVELINGSWITCH
AUXILIARYLIGHTING SWITCH
SERVOAMPLIFIER
LH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR
SERVOAMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMPLEVELING ACTUATOR
DRIVER–CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING
FRONT AXLERIDE HEIGHT
SENSOR
REAR AXLERIDE HEIGHT
SENSOR
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMPLEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
HEADLAMPLEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING (HID HEADLAMPS)
Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCOURTESY LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD6 2-WAY BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
COURTESY LAMP – PASSENGER DOOR PD3 2-WAY BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – DRIVER DT5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – PASSENGER PT3 10-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR CA81 10-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR CA90 10-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
FASCIA LAMP – LH FC44 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FASCIA LAMP – RH FC51 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
DD8 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
DT8 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
FC23 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC33 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC117 10-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE STEERING COLUMN
PD4 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR
PT1 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR
RF34 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO DOOR HARNESS ‘D’ POST, UNDER PARCEL SHELF
GROUNDS
Ground LocationCA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA116 BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK, RH SIDE
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS CA85-3 SCP +S CA85-4 SCP -
PG CA85-8 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ CA85-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I DT2-16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I DT2-17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA24-15 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA31-8 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
– CA31-12 INTERIOR LIGHTING ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PWM)
S FH59-1 SCP -B+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FH59-7 SCP +
PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicSG FC14-13 ROOF CONSOLE COURTESY LAMP SWITCH GROUND: SWITCH OPEN = GROUND
SG FC14-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG FC15-2 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ FC15-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FC15-10 SCP –S FC15-20 SCP +
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA100-11 TRUNK LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ CA101-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+I CA101-17 LHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S CA102-1 SCP +
S CA102-2 SCP -PG CA102-12 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CA102-14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA103-16 LHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDRHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
B WBCA117-1CA117-2
CA156
CA31-12
U
YFH59-7
FH59-1
O
NGFH59-6
86 B
S
S
CA100-11
U
YCA102-1
CA102-2
O
NCA101-3
87 B
S
S
O
BG
FH60-11
BP
FH77
CA102-12BP
CA156
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
YNG
FC15-3
FC15-2
B
FC38
85
P
B
FC14-14
B
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2
S
SCA85-4
CA85-3
U
Y
WGCA85-11
CA85-8
B
CA30(CA50)
78
P
B
20.2
20.2
BDT5-6DTS2
B
CA30(CA50)
DT8-7
B
BWDT5-8
BGDT5-7
BWDT5-5
I
I
I
BPT3-6
CA50(CA30)
PT1-7
B BGPT3-8 PT1-8
BG I
CA31-8
CA24-15
B
BO
BGCA90-8CA90-6
CA81-8CA81-6
CA154
CA141
B
I
I
ICA101-17 (LHD)CA103-16 (RHD)
CA103-16 (LHD)CA101-17 (RHD)
CA102-14
CAS91
NR
BO
CA3A/B-9
NG
CA167-2 CA167-1
BG
NW
CA96-2 CA96-1
BG
CAS25 S73
S74
B NRGL1-2 GL1-1
BW NWFC51-1 FC51-2
BW NWFC44-1 FC44-2
DD8-7
N NWDD6-2 DD6-1
PD4-8
NG OPD3-2 PD3-1
FC38
DD8-2
PD4-1
FC121-2
BFC121-1
NR
FCS28
NRFC33-9
CAS52
NW
NGS
69NWCAS96FC33-6
NW
NW
O
BGFCS27FC23-9
O
N
NG
LH
RH
19.1
NW
CA250-1
CA250-9
CA50
BS
70
RF20-2
RF23-2
RF24-1 RF24-2
RF20-3
RF20-1
RF23-1
RF23-3
RF12-1 RF12-2
RFS3
NW
NG
B
B
B
B
CA116
RFS1B
RF34-6
B
NG
NG
NR
NR
RFS2
NS
71
RF34-11
NN
PTS1B
BWDT8-3
DT2-16
DT2-17
CA250-2 FC14-13
CA250-3
FC33-10
YR YR P
Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 09.1
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
ALARM SET /LOCK SWITCH
ALARM RESET /UNLOCK SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
COURTESY LAMPSWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
LOGIC
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
LOGIC
REMOTEENTRY
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
LOGIC
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOGIC
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
GLOVE BOXLAMP
RH FASCIA LAMP
LH FASCIA LAMP
DRIVER DOORCOURTESY LAMP
PASSENGER DOORCOURTESY LAMP
GARAGE DOOROPENER
MAP LAMPS
ROOF CONSOLE
LH SUN VISOR LAMP
RH SUN VISOR LAMP
LH REAR MAP LAMP
RH REAR MAP LAMP
TRUNK LID LAMP
LH TRUNK LAMP
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE – PANEL FC27 26-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE
FC28 22-WAY / GREY
AUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
NOTE: Accessory power supply toCenter Console Switch Pack is usedfor two-stage dimming.
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FUEL FLAP AND TRUNK RELEASESWITCH PACK
PRIMARYJUNCTION FUSE BOX
RH REAR WINDOW SWITCH
PASSENGER WINDOW SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW SWITCH
SWITCHILLUMINATION
ROOF CONSOLE
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCOLUMN AND PEDAL ADJUST SWITCH FC45 8-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – DRIVER DT5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD2 26-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
DD8 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
DT8 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
FC4 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationCA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS CA85-3 SCP +S CA85-4 SCP -
PG CA85-8 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ CA85-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DD4-7 MEMORY SET INDICATOR: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I DD4-10 MEMORY 1: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD4-11 MEMORY 2: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I DD4-25 MEMORY SET: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA24-5 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O CA24-12 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR DRIVE – IN: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+SG CA24-18 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O CA24-26 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR DRIVE – OUT: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA31-8 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDSS CA31-16 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
I FH9-8 PEDALS OUT REQUEST (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I FH9-17 PEDALS IN REQUEST (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S FH59-1 SCP -S FH59-7 SCP +
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicSG FC14-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ FC15-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (COLUMN MOTOR)
PG FC15-2 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ FC15-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FC15-10 SCP –O FC15-11 STEERING COLUMN MOTOR DOWN / IN DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC15-12 STEERING COLUMN MOTOR UP / OUT DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO FC15-13 STEERING COLUMN IN / OUT FUNCTION SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O FC15-14 STEERING COLUMN UP / DOWN FUNCTION SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDS FC15-20 SCP +
I FC63-7 FUNCTION SELECT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
SG FC63-8 STEERING COLUMN POSITION FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETERS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI FC63-9 STEERING COLUMN IN / OUT POSITION FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
I FC63-17 STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG FC63-18 STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT / SELECT SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O FC63-19 STEERING COLUMN POSITION FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETERS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+I FC63-20 STEERING COLUMN UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE – PANEL FC27 26-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE
FC28 22-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE FC40 26-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE (LHD), LH SIDE (RHD)FC41 22-WAY / GREY
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DT6 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER CA19 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD2 26-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1
HEATED REAR WINDOW CA20 2-WAY / GREY CONNECTOR LOCATED BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
DD8 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
DT8 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Air Conditioning Control Module – Panel
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC28-1 CAN -C FC28-12 CAN
Air Conditioning Control Module – Remote
Pin Description and CharacteristicC FC41-1 CAN -C FC41-12 CAN +
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS CA85-3 SCP +S CA85-4 SCP -
PG CA85-7 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CA85-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CA85-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ CA85-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
I DD4-3 MIRROR MOVEMENT UP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O DD4-7 MEMORY SET INDICATOR: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I DD4-10 MEMORY 1: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I DD4-11 MEMORY 2: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD4-19 MIRROR MOVEMENT RIGHT: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD4-20 MIRROR MOVEMENT DOWN: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI DD4-21 MIRROR MOVEMENT LEFT: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I DD4-23 LH DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT SELECT: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD4-24 RH DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT SELECT: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I DD4-25 MEMORY SET: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O DT2-1 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR LEFT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DT2-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR RIGHT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DT2-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR UP: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DT2-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DOWN: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
SS DT2-5 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+I DT2-14 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL : VARIABLE VOLTAGE
I DT2-15 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL : VARIABLE VOLTAGESG DT2-19 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA24-7 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL : VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SS CA24-8 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
I CA24-11 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK : VARIABLE VOLTAGEO CA24-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR UP: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA24-21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DOWN: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+SG CA24-22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O CA24-23 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR LEFT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CA24-24 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR RIGHT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S FH59-1 SCP -
S FH59-7 SCP +
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicS FC15-10 SCP –C FC15-18 CAN +
C FC15-19 CAN –S FC15-20 SCP +
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ CA101-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
S CA102-1 SCP +S CA102-2 SCP -
O CA102-7 HEATED REAR WINDOW ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDPG CA102-12 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CA103-13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
R
R
CAS6GW
OY
CA20-1
F42 5ACA61-48 CA61-57
CA24-21
U
YFH59-7
FH59-1
O
NRFH60-1
B
20.2
20.2
S
S
CA102-7
U
YCA102-1
CA102-2
O
NCA101-3
87 B
S
S
RW
NW
FH60-11BP
FH77
BPCA102-12
CA156
CA85-4
CA85-3
U
Y
DD2-12
YG
DD2-11
Y
DD2-24
YR
DD2-13
YU
DD2-14
B
I
I
I
ODD4-7
DD4-25
DD4-10
DD4-11
DD8-8
CA30(CA50)
B
CA30(CA50)
CA85-8
S
S 20.2
20.2
B
P
WGCA85-11
78 B
BCA85-7
P
NRCA85-12
BS
55
RH
LH
IDD4-24
OYDD2-15 (LHD)DD2-2 (RHD)
IDD4-23
WRDD2-2 (LHD)DD2-15 (RHD)
IDD4-3
UYDD2-16
IDD4-19
WBDD2-3
IDD4-21
GDD2-1
IDD4-20
YDD2-17
DT6-2
DT6-4
DT6-3
DT6-1
DT6-5
DT6-7
DT6-8
DT6-6
DT6-10
DT6-9
B
BCA30(CA50)
QQ5-8
QQ5-6
QQ5-5
QQ5-7
QQ5-3
QQ5-1
QQ5-2
QQ5-4
DT2-4O U
DT2-3O OY
DT2-15
YB
DT2-5
YB
DT2-14
WB
DT2-1O WR
DT2-2O YR
DT2-19
NW
CA19-2
CA19-4
CA19-3
CA19-1
CA19-5
CA19-7
CA19-8
CA19-6
CA19-10
CA19-9
CA50(CA30)
QQ4-8
QQ4-6
QQ4-5
QQ4-7
QQ4-3
QQ4-1
QQ4-2
QQ4-4
S60
CA24-20O UY
CA24-11
YR
CA24-8
YR
CA24-7
WR
CA24-23O WB
CA24-24O YB
CA24-22
NR
20.2
20.2
NCA103-13
BS
80
FC15-18
FC15-19
C
C –
+
G
Y
G
YFC28-12 *FC41-12 *
FC28-1 *FC41-1 *
+
–
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
Y 20.2
20.2
3
2
5
1
R1 4
27
26
GW
GW
CAS8OG
DT8-6
DT8-2
O
O
B
GWCA3A/B-1
I
I
I
I
Door Mirrors: Movement and Heaters; Heated Rear Window Door Mirrors: Movement and Heaters; Heated Rear Window Fig. 10.2
MEMORY SETINDICATOR
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE * NOTE:
FC28 – A/CCM with panel controls;FC41 – Remote A/CCM with navigation.
LOGIC
HEATERSREQUEST
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOGIC
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
HEATED REAR WINDOWRELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
HEATER
HEATED REAR WINDOW
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 10.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DT6 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER CA19 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD2 26-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR AND COMPASS RF5 6-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD, CENTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD2 26-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DM33 26-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEATDM34 22-WAY / BLACKDM35 6-WAY / BLACKDM36 4-WAY / BLACKDM37 4-WAY / BLACKDM38 6-WAY / BLACK
LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER DL4 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS – DRIVER DM25 4-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEATDM26 4-WAY / BLACKDM27 4-WAY / BLACKDM28 4-WAY / BLACKDM29 4-WAY / BLACKDM31 4-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DM7 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEATDM43 14-WAY / BLACK
DD8 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
DL2 6-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT IN-LINE CONNECTOR DRIVER SEAT BACK REST
DM22 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
DM23 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS CA85-3 SCP +S CA85-4 SCP -
PG CA85-8 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ CA85-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DD4-7 MEMORY SET INDICATOR: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I DD4-10 MEMORY 1: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD4-11 MEMORY 2: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I DD4-25 MEMORY SET: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
Driver Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI DM33-7 SEAT CUSHION FRONT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
I DM33-8 SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI DM33-9 HEADREST POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
I DM33-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALSG DM33-11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM33-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+I DM33-22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
SG DM33-25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG DM33-26 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DM34-1 SCP +
I DM34-4 SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-11 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
S DM34-12 SCP –I DM34-17 SEAT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-18 SEAT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-19 SEAT FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-20 SEAT REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
O DM35-1 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DM35-2 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG DM35-5 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ DM35-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DM36-1 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM36-2 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM37-3 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DM37-4 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG DM38-1 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM38-2 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+O DM38-5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM38-6 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
S
SDM34-12
DM34-1
U
Y
S
SCA85-4
CA85-3
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2U
Y
DL4-1
NDL2-1
DM33-22
WU
DM33-25
WB
DD2-12
YG
DD2-11
Y
DD2-24
YR
DD2-13
YUDD2-14
B
I
I
I
ODD4-7
DD4-25
DD4-10
DD4-11DD8-8
CA30(CA50)
B
CA30(CA50)
CA85-8BP
WGCA85-11
78 B
DM7-7
NGU
DM34-4
B
CA141(CA154)
DM7-5
DM43-1
BDM23-1
I
BDMS6
DM7-6
B
DM7-1
B
DM43-8
NG
DM7-12
NG
40 NG
UYDM34-5DM7-11
I
YDM34-17DM7-4
I
YBDM34-18DM7-10
I
GBDM34-11DM7-3
I
RWDM34-10DM7-9
I
NDM34-19DM7-2
I
YRDM34-20DM7-8
I
N
U
NGDM33-13
B
NRDM35-6
NWDM38-2
B
B
21
22
B
CA141(CA154)
DM35-5P
BDM38-1
P
BDM33-26 DMS6 DM23-1
B
DM22-4
DM22-3
BBB
DM36-2
O UYDM36-1
O YU
DM33-10
RDM37-3
O
UDM37-4
O
GU
DM33-11
WBDM33-8
UDM35-2
O OGDM35-1
O GO
DM33-7
ODM38-6
O GRDM38-5
O RG
DM28-1
DM28-5
DM28-4
DM28-2
GRRG O WB
H
DM27-2
DM27-1
DM27-4
DM27-3
OGGO U WB
H
DM26-1
DM26-2
DM26-4
DM26-3
GUU R WB
H
DM25-2
(LHD)DM25
-1(RHD)
DM25-1
(LHD)DM25
-2(RHD)
DM25-4
DM25-3
UYYU WU WB
H
CA141(CA154)
BDL4-2 DMS6 DM23-1
B BDL2-6
B
DL4-3
UDL2-3
I
I
I
I
DMS4
DMS1
DM43-4
DM43-9
Driver Seat: 10-Way Movement with Memory Driver Seat: 10-Way Movement with Memory Fig. 11.1
MEMORY SETINDICATOR
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
LOGIC
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
MEMORYPOSITIONS
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS
DRIVERLUMBAR PUMP
10-Way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DM33 26-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER (16-WAY) DL3 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – DRIVER DL1 6-WAY / BLACK UPPER SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS – DRIVER DM25 4-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEATDM26 4-WAY / BLACKDM27 4-WAY / BLACKDM28 4-WAY / BLACKDM29 4-WAY / BLACKDM31 4-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DM7 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEATDM43 14-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationDL2 6-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT IN-LINE CONNECTOR DRIVER SEAT BACK REST
DM22 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
DM23 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Driver Seat Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI DM33-7 SEAT CUSHION FRONT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI DM33-8 SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
I DM33-9 HEADREST POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI DM33-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
SG DM33-11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG DM33-12 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM33-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+I DM33-22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNAL
I DM33-23 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALSG DM33-25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
SG DM33-26 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
S DM34-1 SCP +I DM34-4 SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-11 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+S DM34-12 SCP –
I DM34-15 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-16 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-17 SEAT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-18 SEAT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-19 SEAT FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-20 SEAT REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
I DM34-21 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I DM34-22 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
O DM35-1 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM35-2 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+PG DM35-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM35-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DM36-1 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DM36-2 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM36-3 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DM36-4 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM37-3 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM37-4 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG DM38-1 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ DM38-2 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DM38-3 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DM38-4 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DM38-5 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DM38-6 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
DM33-22
WU
DM33-25
WB
DM7-7
NGU
DM34-4
B
CA141(CA154)
DM7-5
DM43-1
BDM23-1
I
BDMS6
DM7-6
B
DM7-1
BDM43-8
NG
DM7-12
NG
40 NG
UYDM34-5DM7-11
I
YDM34-17DM7-4
I
YBDM34-18DM7-10
I
GBDM34-11DM7-3
I
RWDM34-10DM7-9
I
NDM34-19DM7-2
I
YRDM34-20DM7-8
I
RDM43-3
NDM43-4
NGDM33-13
B
NRDM35-6
NWDM38-2
B
B
21
22
B
CA141(CA154)
DM35-5P
BDM38-1
P
BDM33-26 DMS6 DM23-1
B
DM22-4
DM22-3
BBB
DM36-2
O UYDM36-1
O YUDM33-10
RDM37-3
O
UDM37-4
O
GU
DM33-11
WBDM33-8
UDM35-2
O OGDM35-1
O GODM33-7
ODM38-6
O GRDM38-5
O RG
DM28-1
DM28-5
DM28-4
DM28-2
GRRG
O WB
H
DM27-2
DM27-1
DM27-4
DM27-3
OGGO U WB
H
DM26-1
DM26-2
DM26-4
DM26-3
GUU R WB
H
DM25-2
(LHD)DM25
-1(RHD)
DM25-1
(LHD)DM25
-2(RHD)
DM25-4
DM25-3
UYYU WU WB
H
CA141(CA154)
BDL3-2 DMS6 DM23-1
B BDL2-6
BDL3-1
NDL2-1
I
I
I
I
DMS4
U
Y20.2
20.2
DM34-1
DM34-12
S
S
DM38-3
O
11.1
RUDM34-15DM43-5
I
WGDM34-16DM43-12
I
WRDM34-22DM43-14
I
ODM34-21DM43-7
I
DM38-4
O
DM33-9
I
DM36-4
O
ODM36-3
IDM33-23
DM33-12
GW
GO
WU
RU
RU
WR
Y
DM31-1
DM31-4
DM31-3
DM31-2
GOGW WU WB
H
DM29-5
DM29-1
DM29-4
DM29-2
RURU WR Y
H
DMS5
DL2-5
DL2-2
DL2-4
DL2-3
YDM43-2
GDM43-10
UDM43-9
R
Y
G
U
DL1-4
G
DL1-2
Y
DL1-5
R
DL1-3
U
DMS1
Driver Seat: 16-Way Movement with Memory Driver Seat: 16-Way Movement with Memory Fig. 11.2
16-Way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
MEMORYPOSITIONS
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS DRIVER LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
DRIVERLUMBAR PUMP
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER DL4 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS – DRIVER DM25 4-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEATDM26 4-WAY / BLACKDM27 4-WAY / BLACKDM28 4-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DM7 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEATDM43 14-WAY / BLACK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 11.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER PL4 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER PN26 4-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEATPN27 4-WAY / BLACKPN28 4-WAY / BLACKPN30 4-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PN4 12-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEATPN39 14-WAY / BLACK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 11.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER (16-WAY) PL3 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – PASSENGER PL1 6-WAY / BLACK UPPER SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS – PASSENGER PN26 4-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEATPN27 4-WAY / BLACKPN28 4-WAY / BLACKPN30 4-WAY / BLACKPN31 4-WAY / BLACKPN33 4-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PN4 12-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEATPN39 14-WAY / BLACK
PL2 6-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT IN-LINE CONNECTOR PASSENGER SEAT BACK REST
PN23 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
PN24 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationCA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
PN4-7
NRU
B
CA154(CA141)
PN4-5
PN39-1
BPN24-1
BPNS5
PN4-1
B
PN4-6
PN39-8
NGPN4-12
NW
UYPN4-11
YPN4-4
YBPN4-10
GBPN4-3
RWPN4-9
NPN4-2
YRPN4-8
RPN39-3
NPN39-4
PN30-1
PN30-5
UYU
PN28-2
PN28-1
YBY
PN27-1
PN27-2
RWGB
PN26-2
PN26-1
YRN
CA154(CA141)
BPL3-2 PNS5 PN24-1
B BPL2-6
BPL3-1
NPL2-1
RUPN39-5
WGPN39-12
WRPN39-14
OPN39-7
PN31-1
PN31-4
WGRU
PN33-5
PN33-1
OWR
PL2-5
PL2-2
PL2-4
PL2-3
YPN39-2
GPN39-10
UPM39-9
R
YB
G
U
PL1-4
G
PL1-2
YB
PL1-5
R
PL1-3
U
B BPN23-3
BPNS4
BPN23-4
45
23
14
Passenger Seat: 16-Way Movement Passenger Seat: 16-Way Movement Fig. 11.5
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS PASSENGER LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
PASSENGERLUMBAR PUMP
16-Way Passenger Seat Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 11.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC113 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC119 8-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BACK HEATER – DRIVER DB7 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK
SEAT BACK HEATER – PASSENGER PB7 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK
DM23 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
FC17 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, PASSENGER SIDE
FC26 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, DRIVER SIDE
PN24 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Seat Heaters Seat Heaters Fig. 11.6
FC119-5 (LHD)FC113-1 (RHD)
FC26-2
FC113-8
B
BO BO
FC38
DM15-6
O
NG
WUDM15-12
DM15-5
DM15-1
B
DB7-2
OG
DM23-13
BW
FC119-1 (LHD)FC113-2 (RHD)
FC26-1
WU WUDM23-14
WB
FC119-6 (LHD)FC113-6 (RHD)
FC26-3
YR YRDM23-15
YB
DM15-8
I
DM15-7
I
DM15-9
O
DM15-10
O
DM16-3
YB
WU
U
DM15-3
IDM15-4
DM16-1
DM16-2
DMS6 DM23-1
B B
CA141(CA154)
B
B
P
FC119-4
B
2
11.2 ΚΩ
1.2 ΚΩ DB7-1
DM16-4
U
42
21II
FC113-1 (LHD)FC119-5 (RHD)
FC17-2
FC113-8
B
BW BW
FC38
PN7-6
O
NR
WPN7-12
PN7-5
PN7-1
B
PB7-2
WR
PN24-13
BW
FC113-2 (LHD)FC119-1 (RHD)
FC17-3
WB WBPN24-14
WB
FC113-6 (LHD)FC119-6 (RHD)
FC17-1
YB YBPN24-15
YB
PN7-8
I
PN7-7
I
PN7-9
O
PN7-10
O
PN12-3
NR
W
BR
PN7-3
IPN7-4
PN12-1
PN12-2
PNS4B
CA154(CA141)
B
B
P
FC119-4
B
2
11.2 ΚΩ
1.2 ΚΩ PB7-1
PN12-4
WR
43
22II
PN23-3
B
DRIVERSEAT HEATER SWITCH
SEAT HEATER STATE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DRIVERSEAT HEATER
MODULE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DRIVER SEATCUSHION HEATER
DRIVER SEATSEAT BACK HEATER
PASSENGERSEAT HEATER SWITCH
SEAT HEATER STATE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGERSEAT HEATER
MODULE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PASSENGER SEATCUSHION HEATER
PASSENGER SEATSEAT BACK HEATER
Heated Seat Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC113 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC119 8-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – DRIVER DT5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR CA90 10-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR CA81 10-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – PASSENGER PT3 10-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH CA97 2-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID
FC23 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC33 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC39 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
PT1 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL–
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA85-2 LOCK / UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDS CA85-3 SCP +
S CA85-4 SCP -PG CA85-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG CA85-9 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE GROUND: GROUNDI CA85-10 DOUBLE LOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
B+ CA85-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ CA85-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DT2-6 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DT2-8 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DT2-9 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DT2-10 DOUBLE LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+D DT2-13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I DT2-16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI DT2-17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
D DT2-18 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA24-4 NON-VALET VEHICLES – EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
VALET VEHICLES – EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN) / VALET SWITCH (NORMALLY CLOSED): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA24-15 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA31-8 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S FH59-1 SCP -B+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FH59-7 SCP +
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA100-9 GLOBAL CLOSE SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
B+ CA101-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+I CA101-17 LHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA101-18 DOUBLE LOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI CA101-19 LOCK / UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S CA102-1 SCP +
S CA102-2 SCP -PG CA102-12 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI CA102-14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA103-4 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA103-5 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CA103-6 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA103-7 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CA103-8 DOUBLE LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA103-9 DOUBLE LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CA103-10 TRUNK RELEASE DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ CA103-13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+I CA103-16 LHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
S
SFH59-1
FH59-7
U
Y
S
SCA85-4
CA85-3
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2U
YCA97-1CA97-2
BW
WGFC121-4VS1-4VS1-1FC121-3
NW
BW B
NGFH59-6
86 B
87
FH60-11
BP
FH77CA103-9
YBPT3-4
DT2-10
CA156
CA102-2U
CA102-1
Y20.2
20.2
CA101-3N
S
S
CA156
CA102-12
B
B
BO
BG
CA103-16 (LHD)CA101-17 (RHD)
I
CA101-17 (LHD)CA103-16 (RHD)
I
CA31-8
I
CA90-8CA90-6
CA81-8CA81-6
CA154
CA141
B
B
DT8-3
BW
PT3-6
DT5-6DTS2B
CA50(CA30)
CA30(CA50)
DT8-7
B
PT1-7
B
NRFH60-1
S60
78 WGCA85-11
B
CA30(CA50)
CA85-8
BGCA24-15
I
YUPT3-2
WGPT3-10
BGPT3-1
BGPT3-8
BOPT3-3
DT5-4
DT5-2
DT5-10
BODT5-3
BGDT5-1
BWDT5-8
DT5-7
DT5-5
CA81-4
B
CA81-2
CA81-10
YGCA90-4
YRCA90-2
WUCA90-10
CA103-5
CA103-6
CA101-19
CA101-18
DT2-8
DT2-9
CA85-10
CA85-2
DT2-16
DT2-17
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
DT8-13 CAS3
DT10-4
BO
BRBR
Y
YB
WU
BG
BW
I
I
O
O
O
YU
Y
WPT1-9
PT1-6
PT1-4
CAS34
CAS32
CAS1
YU
WG
YB
PT1-5
PT1-14
BG
BO
O
O
O
CA103-8
CA103-4
CA103-7
YU
YG
WB
NCA103-13S
80
CA106-1 CA106-2B
CA303-4 DT2-6DT10-8
YY
CA303-2 DT2-13DT10-9
WW
CA303-1 DT2-18DT10-10
GWGW
CA303-2 CA85-9
BO
O
D
D
B
B
P P
P
B
B
P
SCP
NRCA85-12
B
BS
55
PTS1B
B WBCA117-1CA117-2
CA156
ICA102-14
FC119-8
FC113-8
BBR
FC38
FC119-4
BBR I
CA100-9FC39-3
PT1-8
BG
FC43-9
B
FC38
FC33-16
BW
FCS4BG
FC43-8
BWBWFC23-4
WG WGCA24-4
I
WGFC23-4
WGCA24-4
I
620 Ω
1.5 ΚΩ
FC43-2
FC43-1
B
FC43-3
W
BW
S62
WU
FC33-8
3
1
5
2
R8 4
CA105-3 CA105-2B
CA156
S72
OCA103-10
O
FC121-4FC121-3
BW WG
Central Locking: Double Locking Central Locking: Double Locking Fig. 12.1
NOTE: Check market specificationfor fitment of Valet Switch.
VALET SWITCH
TRUNKRELEASE SWITCH
FUEL FLAPRELEASE SWITCH
FUEL FLAP AND TRUNK RELEASESWITCH PACK
EXTERNALTRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
DOUBLE LOCKSTATUS SWITCH
LOCK / UNLOCKSTATUS SWITCH
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
ALARM SET /LOCK SWITCH
ALARM RESET /UNLOCK SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
NOTE: Check market specification forfitment of Remote Keyless Entry.
REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY MODULE
LOGIC
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
LOGIC
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
UNLOCK
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
LOCK; UNLOCK;SECURITY
NOTE:
Automatic transmission vehicles use the CAN / SCP J gate gear selector position message for”drive away” locking control. Refer to Fig. 04.1.
Manual transmission vehicles use the SCP parking brake status message for “drive away”locking control. Refer to Fig. 07.1.
GLOBAL CLOSESWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DOUBLE LOCKSTATUS SWITCH
LOCK / UNLOCKSTATUS SWITCH
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
RH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
LH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
FUEL FLAPRELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
TRUNK RELEASESOLENOID
FUEL FLAP RELEASESOLENOID
LOGIC
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
UNLOCK
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
Double Locking Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 12.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC113 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC119 8-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – DRIVER DT5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR CA90 10-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR CA81 10-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – PASSENGER PT3 10-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH CA97 2-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID
FC23 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC33 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC39 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
PT1 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA85-2 LOCK / UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDS CA85-3 SCP +
S CA85-4 SCP -PG CA85-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CA85-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ CA85-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DT2-8 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O DT2-9 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I DT2-16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I DT2-17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA24-4 EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN) / VALET SWITCH (NORMALLY CLOSED): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA24-15 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA31-8 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S FH59-1 SCP -B+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FH59-7 SCP +
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA100-9 GLOBAL CLOSE SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
B+ CA101-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+I CA101-17 LHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA101-19 LOCK / UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S CA102-1 SCP +S CA102-2 SCP -
PG CA102-12 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI CA102-14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA103-4 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA103-5 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CA103-6 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA103-7 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CA103-10 TRUNK RELEASE DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ CA103-13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+I CA103-16 LHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
S
SFH59-1
FH59-7
U
Y
S
SCA85-4
CA85-3
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2U
YCA97-1CA97-2
BW
WGFC121-4VS1-4VS1-1FC121-3
NW
BW B
NGFH59-6
86 B
87
FH60-11
BP
FH77
CA156
CA102-2U
CA102-1
Y20.2
20.2
CA101-3N
S
S
CA156
CA102-12
B
B
BO
BG
CA103-16
I
CA101-17I
CA31-8
I
CA90-8CA90-6
CA81-8CA81-6
CA154
CA141
B
B
DT8-3
BW
PT3-6
DT5-6DTS2B
CA50(CA30)
CA30(CA50)
DT8-7
B
PT1-7
B
NRFH60-1
S60
78 WGCA85-11
B
CA30(CA50)
CA85-8
BGCA24-15
I
YUPT3-2
WGPT3-10
BGPT3-1
BGPT3-8
DT5-2
DT5-10
BGDT5-1
BWDT5-8
DT5-7
DT5-5
B
CA81-2
CA81-10
YRCA90-2
WUCA90-10
CA103-5
CA103-6
CA101-19
DT2-8
DT2-9
CA85-2
DT2-16
DT2-17
I
I
I
O
O
DT8-13 CAS3
BRBR
YB
WU
BG
BW
I
O
O
Y
W
PT1-6
PT1-4
CAS32
CAS1
YU
WG
PT1-5
BG
O
O
CA103-4
CA103-7
YG
WB
NCA103-13S
80
CA106-1 CA106-2B
B
P
B
B
P
SCP
NRCA85-12
B
BS
55
PTS1B
B WBCA117-1CA117-2
CA156
ICA102-14
FC119-8
FC113-8
BBR
FC38
FC119-4
BBR I
CA100-9FC39-3
PT1-8
BG
FC43-9
B
FC38
FC33-16
BW
FCS4BG
FC43-8
BWBWFC23-4
WG WGCA24-4
I
620 Ω
1.5 ΚΩ
FC43-2
FC43-1
B
FC43-3
W
BW
S62
WU
FC33-8
3
1
5
2
R8 4
CA105-3 CA105-2B
CA156
S72
OCA103-10
O
Central Locking: Non Double Locking Central Locking: Non Double Locking Fig. 12.2
VALET SWITCH
TRUNKRELEASE SWITCH
FUEL FLAPRELEASE SWITCH
FUEL FLAP AND TRUNK RELEASESWITCH PACK
EXTERNALTRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
LOCK / UNLOCKSTATUS SWITCH
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
ALARM SET /LOCK SWITCH
ALARM RESET /UNLOCK SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
LOGIC
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
LOGIC
LOCK
UNLOCK
REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
NOTE:
Automatic transmission vehicles use the CAN / SCP J gate gear selector position message for”drive away” locking control. Refer to Fig. 04.1.
Manual transmission vehicles use the SCP parking brake status message for “drive away”locking control. Refer to Fig. 07.1.
LOCK; UNLOCK;SECURITY
GLOBAL CLOSESWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LOCK / UNLOCKSTATUS SWITCH
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
RH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
LH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
FUEL FLAPRELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
TRUNK RELEASESOLENOID
FUEL FLAP RELEASESOLENOID
LOGIC
LOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCK
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
Non Double Locking Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 12.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER AT4 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF RH HEADLAMP UNIT
AUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – DRIVER DT5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR CA81 10-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – PASSENGER PT3 10-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR CA90 10-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
HOOD AJAR SWITCH FH21 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RH SUSPENSIONTURRET
HORN RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12
HORNS FH29 2-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF RADIATOR
IGNITION SWITCH FC18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
DT10 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
DT8 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS DRIVER DOOR
FC4 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC23 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC39 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FH6 16-WAY GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO GECM
FH89 4-WAY / GREY / FRONT HARNESS TO ALARM LINK ADJACENT TO FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
PT1 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR
SL3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO SOLAR SENSOR LINK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA30 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (REARWARD OF FH77)
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
CA158 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE REAR CORNER
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
FH42 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
Audio Unit
Pin Description and CharacteristicO FC94-8 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA85-2 LOCK / UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDS CA85-3 SCP +S CA85-4 SCP -
PG CA85-8 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CA85-9 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE GROUND: GROUNDI CA85-10 DOUBLE LOCK STATUS SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
B+ CA85-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ CA85-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
O DT2-6 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE POWER SUPPLY: B+O DT2-8 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DT2-9 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DT2-10 DOUBLE LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+D DT2-13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONSI DT2-16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI DT2-17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDD DT2-18 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicC PI1-123 CAN -C PI1-124 CAN +
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA24-15 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA31-3 IGNITION SWITCHED VOLTAGE SIGNAL (II): B+I CA31-5 RECM SECURITY GROUND SENSE: OPEN CIRCUIT IF RECM REMOVEDI CA31-7 AUDIO UNIT SECURITY GROUND SENSE: OPEN CIRCUIT IF AUDIO UNIT REMOVEDI CA31-8 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI CA31-18 INTRUSION AND INCLINATION SENSORS SIGNAL: GROUND (PULSED)
O FH9-16 INTRUSION AND INCLINATION SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
S FH59-1 SCP -I FH59-3 HOOD AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
B+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S FH59-7 SCP +O FH59-8 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+O FH60-3 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONO FH60-4 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O FH60-5 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
PG FH60-6 STEERING COLUMN LOCK CONTROL MODULE POWER GROUND SUPPLY: GROUNDPG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDO FH60-16 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicI FC14-2 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY IN
B+ FC14-3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+O FC14-10 SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: ACTIVE = PULSED GROUND
SG FC14-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG FC15-2 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ FC15-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+I FC15-4 PATS GROUND: GROUNDD FC15-5 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIOND FC15-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS FC15-10 SCP –C FC15-18 CAN +C FC15-19 CAN –S FC15-20 SCP +
Rear Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA63-3 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)O CA63-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND (PULSED)
O CA100-1 STEERING COLUMN LOCK CONTROL MODULE SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
B+ CA101-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+O CA101-5 RECM SECURITY GROUND SENSE: OPEN CIRCUIT IF RECM REMOVEDI CA101-17 LHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S CA102-1 SCP +S CA102-2 SCP -
PG CA102-12 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI CA102-14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
B+ CA103-13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+I CA103-16 LHD – LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
RHD – RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
U
Y20.2
20.2
CA102-1
CA102-2
S
S
SL3-9
NG
WGFC15-3
FC14-3
FC15-2
B
85
35II
P
B
FC18-5FC18-4NR
WRFC15-5FC52-3
YRFC15-6FC52-4
FC15-4FC52-2
FC52-1
NG
D
D
O
WUFC14-2
I
BG
S56
B
7
FC14-14
B
FC38
PATS
G
Y20.1
20.1
FC15-18
FC15-19
C
CPI1-123
PI1-124
Y
GC
C
20.1
20.1
SL1-4FC14-10
GWOSL1-3
NRGW 80
S
SCA85-4
CA85-320.2
20.2U
Y
DT2-10
B
DT8-3
DT5-6 DTS2B
CA30(CA50)
DT8-7
B
78 WGCA85-11
B
CA30(CA50)
CA85-8
DT5-4
DT5-2
DT5-10
BODT5-3
BGDT5-1
BWDT5-8
DT5-7
DT5-5
DT2-8
DT2-9
CA85-10
CA85-2
DT2-16
DT2-17
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
DT8-13 CAS3
DT10-4
BO
BRBR
Y
YB
WU
BG
BW
CA303-4 DT2-6DT10-8
YY
CA303-2 DT2-13DT10-9
WW
CA303-1 DT2-18DT10-10
GWGW
CA303-3 CA85-9
BO
O
D
D
B
P P
P
NRCA85-12
B
BS
55
BG12.112.2
CA101-3N
CA156
CA102-12
B
NCA103-13
B
B
P
B WBCA117-1CA117-2
CA156
B
BO
BGCA90-8CA90-6
CA81-8CA81-6
CA154
CA141
B
I
I
ICA101-17 (LHD)CA103-16 (RHD)
CA103-16 (LHD)CA101-17 (RHD)
CA102-14
U
Y20.2
20.2
FC59-4
FC59-3
S
S
YGFC59-2
BGFC59-1
S80
87
B
P
FC39-4
YG OCA100-1
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
Y 20.2
20.2
I
FH9-16
Y
IBGBGFC94-8 CA31-7
YBCA173-1
NWCA173-2
B
CA158
CA173-3 O
CAS33
FC23-7
86
FH59-1
UFH59-7
Y20.2
20.2
FH59-6
NG
S
S
NRFH60-1
S60
B
B
B WFH21-1FH21-2
FH22
IFH59-3
BPT3-6
CA50(CA30)
PT1-7
B
BGPT3-8 PT1-8
BG ICA24-15
SCP
B
CAS64
OYFH6-5
CA31-18
N
I
PFH60-6FC4-2
B
BW
BWCA31-8
NR
NRAT4-3
FH59-8
B
FH42
O
O
O WGAT4-2
AT4-1
FH60-3
FH60-16
YBAT2-1
61
62
FH29-1
FH29-2
B
FH42
NR
NR
NR
AT3-1
FH89-2
FH89-4
B
YB
B
FH42
CA250-1
CA50
BB
P
D
O NR
Y
20.2W
CA250-6
CA250-7
CA250-8
INCA31-5
OCA101-5
FH89-1
FH89-3
FH89-4
NR
B
WG
79
5
2
3
1
R124
CA63-3O BW
CA63-4O BG
08.3
08.3
FH60-5
O BW
FH60-4
O BW
FH77
FH60-11
B P
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
WUCA31-3
45II
I
BPTS1
Security System Security System Fig. 12.3
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies and groundsshown on Figures 03.1, 3.3 and 3.5.
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
TRUNK RELEASE;VALET SWITCH
DOUBLE LOCKSTATUS SWITCH
LOCK / UNLOCKSTATUS SWITCH
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
ALARM SET /LOCK SWITCH
ALARM RESET /UNLOCK SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY MODULE
LOGIC
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOGIC
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
UNLOCK
REMOTESECURITY
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
SECURITY INDICATOR
INTRUSION SENSOR
ROOF CONSOLE
INCLINATION SENSOR
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
STEERING COLUMN LOCKCONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
DOOR AJARSWITCH
RH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
DOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REARDOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
TRUNK AJARSWITCH
LOGIC
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
REAR TURN SIGNALS
DOOR AJARSWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR LATCHASSEMBLY
HOOD AJARSWITCH
LOGIC
IGNITIONANTI-THEFT
SECURITYGROUNDSENSING
SECURITYGROUNDSENSING
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
FRONT TURN SIGNALS
HORNS
HORN RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER
PASSIVESECURITY SOUNDER
NOTE: Check market specification for fitmentof the following security system components:
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 13.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
POWER WASH PUMP FH38 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, WASHER FLUID TANK
POWER WASH RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R18
RAIN SENSING MODULE CA248 12-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, UNDER PARCEL SHELF
RAIN SENSING UNIT RF14 3-WAY / BLACK REAR VIEW MIRROR
SG CA31-14 WIPE / WASH SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O FH9-1 WIPER PARK RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO FH9-3 WIPER HIGH / LOW RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I FH9-13 WIPER PARK: PARK = GROUNDO FH9-14 WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I FH9-15 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
S FH59-1 SCP -O FH59-4 POWER WASH RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S FH59-7 SCP +
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 13.1
FH60-11BP
FH77
WR
Y
GW
CA248-6
CA248-3
WCA248-1
FC118-4
FHS16
CA31-2
BW
WU
YUFH36-2FH36-1
FH17-3
FH17-1
NR
FH22(FH42)
FH42
FC118-6
FC118-5
WR
Y
GW
CA31-14
CA31-13
CAS9
CAS10
CAS11FC19-16
FC19-15
FC19-14
WR
Y
GW
I
I
CA248-12
Y
GW
WR
OFH9-14
NW
YG
55
53
54
NG
NR
R
RG
BG
OFH59-4
OFH9-1
OFH9-3
BFH38-2FH38-1
FH9-15 FH37-1FH37-2
BI
FH59-1
UFH59-7
Y20.2
20.2
S
S
BG
I BGFH9-13
FH17-2
FH17-5
FH17-4
B
NR
Y
YU51
52
WBCA248-11
NRFH60-1
S60 B
NR
NR
NR
261
Ω26
1 Ω
261
Ω
1.3 ΚΩ
562 Ω
332 Ω
200 Ω
121 Ω
100 Ω100 Ω
261 Ω
261 Ω
261 Ω
261 Ω
RF14-2
RF14-1
YB
WB
RF14-3
YB
RF34-12
RF34-13
RF34-14
CA248-8
BGB
CA248-7
YBCA248-10
YBCA248-9
P
B24II
CA116
1I
3
2
5
1
R18 4
3
2
5
1
R15 4
3
2
5
1
R16 4
56
FH1-17
BG
WIPERMODE SELECT
WIPERDELAY / WASH
WIPE / WASH SWITCH
RAIN SENSINGUNIT *
* NOTE: Rain sensing system – rain sensing vehicles only.
RAIN SENSINGMODULE *
FLUID LEVEL WARNING;VEHICLE SPEED
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
WIPER HIGH / LOWRELAY
WIPER PARKRELAY
POWER WASHRELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
WASHER FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH
LOW SPEED
HIGH SPEED
PARK
RUN
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
POWER WASHPUMP
WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP
All Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 14.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC113 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC119 8-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – DRIVER DT5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD2 26-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR CA78 5-WAY / GREEN LH REAR DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PD1 5-WAY / GREEN PASSENGER DOOR ARM REST
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR CA95 5-WAY / GREEN RH REAR DOOR ARM REST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 15.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER CA220 NOT AVAILABLE LH C POST, ADJACENT TO REAR WINDOW
CA221 3-WAY / BLACK
AUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER CA267 3-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REARRA2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
HEATED REAR WINDOW CA20 2-WAY / GREY CONNECTOR LOCATED BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
SPEAKER – LH FRONT DT3 (LHD) 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOORPT2 (RHD) 2-WAY / BLACK
SPEAKER – LH REAR CA80 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
SPEAKER – RH FRONT DT3 (RHD) 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOORPT2 (LHD) 2-WAY / BLACK
SPEAKER – RH REAR CA92 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES SQ1 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
WU
WB
YB
WB
YB
FC108-1
BOF
FC108-2
BOF
FC94-1
B
AM
U
Y20.2
20.2
FC94-9
FC94-10
S
S
WR
NG82FC94-11
FC94-2
UFC94-17
I
DT3-2
(LHD)PT2
-2(RHD)
DT3-1
(LHD)PT2
-1(RHD)
CA80-2
CA80-1
PT2-1
(LHD)DT3
-1(RHD)
PT2-2
(LHD)DT3
-2(RHD)
CA92-1
CA92-2
FC96-1 CA220-1FC5-1
FC94-8
BG O
FC96-2 CA220-2FC5-2
7I
12.3
RA2-2
BOF
RA2-1
BOF
D2
D2
20.3
20.3
09.2
FC38
CA221-2
6I
FM
UFC94-7
I16.1
FC94-19
OG O20.3
BCA267-1
CA157
NGCA267-2
32D2
D2
20.3
20.3
FC94-14
WB
FC94-13
YB
FC94-3
WU
FC94-4
Y
FC94-5
W
FC94-6
Y
FC94-16
WR
FC94-15
YR
DT8-5 (LHD)PT1-2 (RHD)
DT8-4 (LHD)PT1-3 (RHD)
FC23-5
FC23-10
WU
YFC23-1
FC23-6
W
YFC33-1
FC33-2
WR
YR
WR
YRPT1-2 (LHD)DT8-5 (RHD)
PT1-3 (LHD)DT8-4 (RHD)
FC33-3
FC33-4
CA267-3
OG20.3
16.216.316.4
B
B
PP
B
B
P
I
SQ1-4
SQ1-2
03.2 YG
WB
YG
PI41-24
IFC94-18
YGFC10-12
FC117-6
FC117-3
03.403.6
3.01 Κ Ω
1 Κ Ω
475 Ω
261 Ω
93.1 Ω
154 Ω
53.5 Ω
O
R R
BRD BRD
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
– ve
+ ve
– ve
+ ve
In-Car Entertainment: Standard In-Car Entertainment: Standard Fig. 15.1
RADIO ILLUMINATION
SECURITY SYSTEM:RADIO REMOVED SENSING
TELEPHONE:MUTE
D2B NETWORK”WAKE-UP”
PHONE, VOICE
VOLUME +
MEMORY +
MEMORY –
VOLUME –
SELECT
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
ECM: SENSOR GROUND
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE-UP”
CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT
AM / FM ANTENNAAMPLIFIER
COAXIAL CABLES
HEATED REAR WINDOW
LH FRONTSPEAKER
LH REARSPEAKER
RH FRONTSPEAKER
RH REARSPEAKER
Standard ICE Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 15.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER CA220 NOT AVAILABLE LH C POST, ADJACENT TO REAR WINDOW
CA221 3-WAY / BLACK
AUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER CA267 3-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REARRA2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
HEATED REAR WINDOW CA20 2-WAY / GREY CONNECTOR LOCATED BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
POWER AMPLIFIER CA263 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REARCA264 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTORRA6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
SPEAKER – LH FRONT CA276 4-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER – LH REAR CA277 4-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR
SPEAKER – RH FRONT CA275 4-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER – RH REAR CA278 4-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES SQ1 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SUBWOOFER – LH CA6 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
SUBWOOFER – RH CA5 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF, RH SIDE
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 16.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
*NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
ROW Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 16.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
*NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
NAS Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 16.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
*NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry –JaguarNet vehicles only.
NOTE: Japan vehicles with Voice Activation Control – refer to Figures 16.5, 16.7.
ROW Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 16.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
*NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry –JaguarNet vehicles only.
NAS Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 16.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
ROOF CONSOLE CA250 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF HEADLINER
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES SQ1 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA300-1 MICROPHONE +
SG CA300-2 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ CA300-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)B+ CA300-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
PG CA300-11 POWER GROUNDI CA300-12 MICROPHONE –
O CA300-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UPB+ CA300-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
D2 RA4-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 RA4-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Voice Control System Voice Control System Fig. 16.5
20.3
20.3
RA4-1
RA4-2
CA300-1
CA157
CA250-12
CA250-11
BRD
N
G
BCA300-2
CA300-12
BOF
BOF
WUCA300-6
43II
D2
D2
CA300-14
OG20.3 O
NRCA300-22
35
WRCA300-8
12I
CA300-11
B
FC108-1
BOF
FC108-2
BOF
IFC94-18
D2
D2
20.3
20.3
P
B
B
B
SQ1-4
SQ1-2
03.2 YG
WB
YG
PI41-24
YGFC10-12
FC117-6
FC117-3
03.403.6
3.01 Κ Ω
1 Κ Ω
475 Ω
261 Ω
93.1 Ω
154 Ω
53.5 Ω
ECM: SENSOR GROUND
PHONE, VOICE
VOLUME +
MEMORY +
MEMORY –
VOLUME –
SELECT
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
AUDIO UNIT
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Japan vehicles with voice activation control – Refer to Fig. 16.8.
Voice Only Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA CA175 2-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF, CENTER
NAVIGATION SCREEN AND TELEMATICS DISPLAY FC92 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC102 2-WAY GREYFC103 2-WAY GREYFC104 2-WAY GREYFC105 2-WAY GREY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationFC19 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Navigation System (except Japan) Navigation System (except Japan) Fig. 16.6
U
Y20.2
20.2
CA258-4
CA258-14
S
S
UUCA257-20
BOF
BOF20.3RA5-1
RA5-2
NW
WUCA258-1
CA258-11
B
D2
D220.3
CA258-3
OG20.3 O
CA258-13
U16.116.216.316.4 I
CA258-2
11I
CA176-1 CA175-1
CA175-2CA176-2
NG
WG
FC92-12
B
FC38
UYFC92-9
FC92-2
FC92-1
8I
83
09.2
FC19-7 FC92-15
YYCA257-7 FC19-6 FC92-4
YUYUCA257-15 FC19-9 FC92-17
YRYRCA257-2 FC19-8 FC92-7
YRYRCA257-14 FC19-10 FC92-6
BRDBCA257-16 FC19-13 FC92-8
YBYBCA257-1 FC19-12 FC92-18
B BBRD B
36 B
B
P P
B
B
I
FC19-11 FC92-13
B P
BRD
R
I UFC92-10
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
NAVIGATION SCREENAND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
TELEPHONE: MUTE
Navigation Vehicles (except Japan)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA CA175 2-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF, CENTER
NAVIGATION SCREEN AND TELEMATICS DISPLAY FC92 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC102 2-WAY GREYFC103 2-WAY GREYFC104 2-WAY GREYFC105 2-WAY GREY
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 CA198 2-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 CA200 2-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 CA202 2-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 CA204 2-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationFC19 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC98 4-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS (ANTENNA) TO CABIN HARNESS (ANTENNA) BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC99 4-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS (ANTENNA) TO CABIN HARNESS (ANTENNA) BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC122 6-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESSES UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
U
Y20.2
20.2
CA258-4
CA258-14
S
S
UUCA257-20
BOF
BOF20.3RA5-1
RA5-2
NW
WUCA258-1
CA258-11
B
D2
D220.3
CA258-3
OG20.3 O
CA258-13
U16.116.216.316.4 I
CA258-2
11I
CA176-1 CA175-1
CA175-2CA176-2
NG
WG
FC92-12
B
FC38
UYFC92-9
FC92-2
FC92-1
8I
83
09.2
FC19-7 FC92-15
YYCA257-7 FC19-6 FC92-4
RRCA257-15 FC122-2 FC92-17
GGCA257-2 FC122-1 FC92-7
WWCA257-14 FC122-3 FC92-6
BRDBCA257-16 FC122-6 FC92-8
YYCA257-1 FC122-5 FC92-18
B BBRD B
36 B
B
P P
B
B
I
FC19-11 FC92-13
B P
BRD
R
FC98-1
FC98-3
FC99-2
FC99-4
FC98-2
FC98-4
FC99-1
FC99-3
FC102-1
R
FC102-2
BRD
FC103-1
R
FC103-2
BRD
FC104-1
R
FC104-2
BRD
FC105-1
R
FC105-2
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
CA198-1
CA198-2
CA200-1
CA200-2
CA202-1
CA202-2
CA204-1
CA204-2
I
I
I
I
RRCA259-7 FC19-2 FC92-20
GGCA259-1 FC19-1 FC92-19
WWCA259-2 FC19-3 FC92-21
BRDBCA259-3 FC19-5 FC92-11
BBCA259-8 FC19-4 FC92-22
B BBRD B
I UFC92-10
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
BBCA257-3 FC122-4 FC92-5
Navigation System with TV (except Japan) Navigation System with TV (except Japan) Fig. 16.7
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
VIDEO
AUDIO
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
NAVIGATION SCREENAND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
TELEPHONE: MUTE
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
1
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
2
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
3
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
4
TELEVISIONANTENNA
1
TELEVISIONANTENNA
2
TELEVISIONANTENNA
3
TELEVISIONANTENNA
4
Navigation Vehicles with TV (except Japan)
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
FC19 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC93 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS (ANTENNA) TO CABIN HARNESS (ANTENNA) BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL
FC98 4-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS (ANTENNA) TO CABIN HARNESS (ANTENNA) BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
FC99 4-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS (ANTENNA) TO CABIN HARNESS (ANTENNA) BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC122 6-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESSES UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA157 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE AFT OF WHEEL ARCH
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
U
Y20.2
20.2
CA258-4
CA258-14
S
S
UUCA257-20
BOF
BOF20.3RA5-1
RA5-2
NW
WUCA258-1
CA258-11
B
D2
D220.3
CA258-3
OG20.3 O
CA258-13
U16.116.3 I
CA258-2
11I
CA176-1 CA175-1
CA175-2CA176-2
NG
WG
FC92-12
B
FC38
FC92-2
FC92-1
8I
83
FC19-7 FC92-15
YYCA257-7 FC19-6 FC92-4
36 B
B
P P
B
B
FC19-11 FC92-13
B P
BRD
R
FC98-1
FC98-3
FC99-2
FC99-4
FC98-2
FC98-4
FC99-1
FC99-3
FC102-1
R
FC102-2
BRD
FC103-1
R
FC103-2
BRD
FC104-1
R
FC104-2
BRD
FC105-1
R
FC105-2
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
CA198-1
CA198-2
CA200-1
CA200-2
CA202-1
CA202-2
CA204-1
CA204-2
I
I
I
I
RRCA259-7 FC19-2 FC92-20
GGCA259-1 FC19-1 FC92-19
WWCA259-2 FC19-3 FC92-21
BRDBCA259-3 FC19-5 FC92-11
BBCA259-8 FC19-4 FC92-22
B BBRD B
CA259-6
CA250-12
CA250-11
BRD
N
G
BCA259-12
CA259-11
FC95-1
CA273-6
FC95-2
CA259-5
B
NR
WRCA273-3
CA273-4
37
13I
CA273-5
CA273-1 CA259-4
CA273-2 CA259-10
CA273-7
BRDCA259-9
YR
O
OYR
BRD
CA207-1
CA207-2
B B
CA208-1
CA208-2
CA268-1
N
CA268-2
BRD
P
B
B
I
IN
BRDFC93-1
FC93-2
CA157
I UFC92-10
16.1 16.3
UYFC92-9
09.2I
RRCA257-15 FC122-2 FC92-17
GGCA257-2 FC122-1 FC92-7
WWCA257-14 FC122-3 FC92-6
BRDBCA257-16 FC122-6 FC92-8
YYCA257-1 FC122-5 FC92-18
B BBRD B
BBCA257-3 FC122-4 FC92-5
Navigation System: Japan Navigation System: Japan Fig. 16.8
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
VEHICLEINFORMATION
ANTENNA
VEHICLEINFORMATION
SENSOR
VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
VIDEO
AUDIO
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA
NAVIGATION SCREENAND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
TELEPHONE: MUTE
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
1
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
2
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
3
TVANTENNAAMPLIFIER
4
TELEVISIONANTENNA
1
TELEVISIONANTENNA
2
TELEVISIONANTENNA
3
TELEVISIONANTENNA
4
Japan Navigation Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION LAMP
STAGETWO
STAGEONE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig 17.2)
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DRIVERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS
DRIVERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER
DRIVERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER
DRIVERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER
PASSENGERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER
PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER
PASSENGERSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER
DRIVER SIDE REARSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER
CENTER REARSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER
PASSENGER SIDE REARSEAT BELTPRETENSIONERIGNITER
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
FC25 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, PASSENGER SIDE
FC33 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
PN24 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
RF34 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO DOOR HARNESS ‘D’ POST, UNDER PARCEL SHELF
GROUNDS
Ground LocationCA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA154 UNDER RH FRONT SEAT
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Advanced Restraint System: Part 2 Advanced Restraint System: Part 2 Fig. 17.2
YB
OG
PN41-A
PN41-B
PN41-C
PN38-25
U
N
WPN37-H
PN37-K
PN37-J
YBCA232-17
OGCA232-18
C
CPN38-24 PN24-5
PN24-6
C
C
WUPN38-22
38II
+
–
+
–
CA154(CA141)
B B BPN38-23 PN24-1PNS5
B
P
CA251-1
CA251-2
PN38-5
BR
PN38-6
GWPN24-10
PN24-8
FC114-1 (LHD)FC3-1 (RHD)
FC114-2 (LHD)FC3-2 (RHD)
PN38-3
NW
PN38-4
YFC33-11
FC33-12
PN24-20
PN24-19
RF41-1
RF41-2
PN38-1
BG
PN38-2
ORF34-2
RF34-3
PN24-18
PN24-17
RF40-1
RF40-2
PN38-7
BO
PN38-8
URF34-4
RF34-5
PN24-7
PN24-4
PN37-D PN38-10
PN37-G PN38-9
PN37-F PN38-11
PN37-E PN38-12
RW
R
UY
OY
NW
Y
BG
O
BO
U
BR
GW
NW
Y
BG
O
BO
U
CA114-14
FC46-2
RG
R
FC46-1
FC32-2
BW
RW
FC32-1
CA114-13
CA114-4
CA114-3
RG
R
BW
RW
FC25-3
FC25-4
FC25-1
FC25-2
CA114-16
B
CA154
BR WUCA114-15OFC112-1FC112-3
36II
P
BRFC33-15
C
C
C
C
+
–
+
–
PASSENGER‘A’ POST
SPATIAL SENSOR
CENTER CONSOLESPATIAL SENSOR
HEADLINERREAR INNER
SPATIAL SENSOR
HEADLINERREAR OUTER
SPATIAL SENSOR
PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT
PRESSURE SENSORPASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSING
CONTROL MODULE
OCCUPANCY SENSINGCONTROL MODULE
IMPACT SENSORS;PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH:
REFER TO FIG. 17.1.
STAGETWO
STAGEONE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 17.1)
NOTE: RCM power supply shown on Fig. 17.1.
PASSENGERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS
PASSENGER AIRBAGDEACTIVATED
INDICATOR LAMP
All Vehicles
LOCAL LOCAL
LOCAL LOCAL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 18.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLH CENTER SENSOR BR3 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER, LH, CENTER
LH SENSOR BR2 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER, LH
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE CA112 26-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
PARKING AID SOUNDER CA32 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
RH CENTER SENSOR BR4 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER, RH CENTER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR CA13 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO REAR ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
ACCESSORY RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R10
CIGAR LIGHTER / POWER POINT RELAY — — PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R1
CIGAR LIGHTER CA109 3-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING MODULE SL5 NOT AVAILABLE INSTRUMENT PANEL
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
HORN RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12
FC10 14-WAY / GREEN / FASCIA HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FC117 10-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE STEERING COLUMN
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
SL3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO SOLAR SENSOR LINK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
CA50 RH LOWER ‘A’ POST, BELOW PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA141 UNDER LH FRONT SEAT
CA156 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE
CA157 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE AFT OF WHEEL ARCH
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FH42 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
FH77 LH LOWER ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO THE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE (FORWARD OF CA30)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION
General Electronic Control Module
Pin Description and CharacteristicS FH59-1 SCP -B+ FH59-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
S FH59-7 SCP +O FH59-8 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ FH60-1 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG FH60-11 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and CharacteristicSG FC14-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I FC14-21 HORN SWITCH SIGNAL: ACTIVATE = MOMENTARY GROUND
B+ FC15-3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S FC15-10 SCP –
S FC15-20 SCP +
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
FH59-6
FH60-1
CA2-14
NR
WU
86 NG
NRS
60
B
B
NRFH59-8
O
61
61
FH29-1
FH29-2
B
FH42
NR
NR
NR5
2
3
1
R124
FH77
FH60-11
B P
FH59-1
UFH59-7
Y20.2
20.2
S
S
S
S
FC15-20
U
Y 20.2
20.2
SQ2-5
SQ2-3
WRFC117-7
FC117-6
IFC14-21
FC15-10
03.2 YG
YG
PI41-24
YGFC10-12
03.403.6
NGFC15-3
85 B
FC38
FC14-14
B
CA157
OYCA250-9 CA250-14
NW
BCA254-3
CA254-1
813ASL4-1 SL4-2
B
WUNRSL5
SL6
FC38
BSL3-4
CA254-2
WU5I
S71
3
1
5
2
R1 4NR
B
YU
14I
89
CA56-7
CA50
B
OY
CA2-18
OY
BCA109-1
CA141
CA109-3
BCA237-1 CA237-3
3
1
5
2
R10 4
6
3I
B
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-1
CA156
5
YU
CA50
BCA250-9 CA250-1
NWS
70
Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 19.1
HORNS
ECM: SENSOR GROUND
STEERING WHEELHORN SWITCH
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
LOGIC
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOGIC
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
HORNS
HORN RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CIGAR LIGHTER; POWER POINT
CIGAR LIGHTER / POWER POINTRELAY
PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
POWER POINT
CIGAR LIGHTER
SUN SHADE
SUN SHADESWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
SUN SHADE MOTOR
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
ACCESSORYRELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ACCESSORYCONNECTOR
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
GARAGE DOOROPENER
ROOF CONSOLE
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
ELECTRONICROAD PRICING
MODULE
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE FH107 12-WAY BLACK BELOW LH FRONT BUMPER
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE – PANEL FC27 26-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLEFC28 22-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE FC40 26-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE (LHD), LH SIDE (RHD)FC41 22-WAY / GREY
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE FH103 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE FH12 26-WAY / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST, ABOVE PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
FC39 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FH1 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER
GB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Y
G
Y
GGB1-1
FC1-4
B
FC1-5
B
77 OYFC1-16
FC38
G
Y
G
Y
GB2-6
GB2-2
+
–
C
C
P
B
PI1-124
PI1-123
+
– C
C
FC1-14
GFC1-6
Y
GB1-2
Y
G
Y
G
GBS1
GBS2
GB1-3
GB1-4
PI41-20
PI41-21
G
YFH107-10
FH107-4
+
–
C
C
FHS10
FHS9
Y
G
Y
G
Y
GFH103-11
FH103-14
C
C –
+
G
YFH103-12
FH103-15
C
C–
+
G
YFH12-2
FH12-3
+
–
C
C
FHS17
FHS15
FH1-5
FH1-6
CA245-9
CA245-10
C
C –
+
G
YCA245-11
CA245-12
C
C–
+
FC15-18
FC15-19
C
C –
+
G
YFC15-8
FC15-9
C
C–
+
FC39-9
FC39-8
G
YFC41-12 ***FC28-12 ***
FC28-1 ***FC41-1 ***
+
–
C
C
FCS33 ****FCS1 ****
FCS34 ****FCS20 ****
G
Y
Y
G
Y
GGB1-1
G
YPI1-124
PI1-123
+
– C
C
FC1-14
GFC1-6
Y
GB1-2
Y
GGB1-3
GB1-4
PI41-20
PI41-21
G
YFH107-10
FH107-4
+
–
C
C
FHS10
FHS9
Y
G
Y
GFH103-11
FH103-14
C
C –
+
G
YFH103-12
FH103-15
C
C–
+
FH1-5
FH1-6
CA245-9 **
CA245-10 **
G
YCA245-11 **
CA245-12 **
FC15-18
FC15-19
C
C –
+
G
YFC15-8
FC15-9
C
C–
+
FC39-9
FC39-8
G
YFC28-12
FC28-1
+
–
C
C
FCS1
FCS20
G
YY
G
C
C –
+
C
C –
+
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
Y
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
Y
Controller Area Network Controller Area Network Fig. 20.1
TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE *
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE **
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
J GATE MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTES:
* Adaptive Speed Control Control Module and circuit – adaptive speedcontrol vehicles only.
** Headlamp Leveling Control Module – HID vehicles only.
*** FC41 – remote A/CCM with navigation; FC28 – A/CCM with panelcontrols.
**** FCS33 and FCS34 – A/CCM with panel controls;FCS1 and FCS20 – remote A/CCM with navigation.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROLCONTROL MODULE *
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLCONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONINGCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTES:
* Adaptive Speed Control Control Module and circuit – adaptive speedcontrol vehicles only.
** CA245 and circuit – fitted to certain vehicles only.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION VEHICLES
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE CA11 16-WAY / BLUE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, REAR
CA12 16-WAY / GREY
AUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEFC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL, LH SIDE
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD4 26-WAY / NATURALDT2 20-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DM33 26-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEATDM34 22-WAY / BLACKDM35 6-WAY / BLACKDM36 4-WAY / BLACKDM37 4-WAY / BLACKDM38 6-WAY / BLACK
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL MODULE CA241 4-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, RH REARCA242 12-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE FH9 22-WAY / BLACK LH ‘A’ POSTCA24 26-WAY / NATURALCA31 20-WAY / BLACKFH59 12-WAY / BLACKFH60 17-WAY / BLACK
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE FH12 26-WAY / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST, ABOVE PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA114 24-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, UNDER CENTER CONSOLECA232 40-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE CA250 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF HEADLINER
STEERING COLUMN LOCK CONTROL MODULE FC59 4-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN LOCK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationDM23 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
FC17 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, PASSENGER SIDE
FC33 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE
FH6 16-WAY GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO FRONT HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST, ADJACENT TO GECM
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
B+1 3
I I
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.4
I
O
+
–
C
S
D2
DP
1 144 76II II
Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.5
15 4577 92S S
Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.6
46 80E E
Fig. 01.7
81 118 VARIANT:VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE:
Jaguar S-TYPE 2002.5
Output
Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
S
SCA258-14
CA258-4
U
Y
S
SDM34-12
DM34-1
U
YCA11-14
CA11-13
S
S
U
YCA242-1
CA242-7
S
SU
YCAS94DM23-5
CAS93DM23-6
FC17-5
FC17-4
PI41-22
FH6-16
FH6-15
FCS29
FCS30
CAS15FHS14
FC1-4
B
FC1-5
B
77 OYFC1-16
FC38
P
B
FC1-10
FC1-2
S
SCA85-4
CA85-3
U
Y
S
SFH59-1
FH59-7
U
Y
U
YCA102-1
CA102-2
S
S
CAS59
CAS58
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
S
SFC15-10
FC15-20
U
Y
S
SFC94-10
FC94-9
U
Y
S
SFC59-3
FC59-4
U
Y
U
Y S
S
PI1-105
WD
FH12-5
WD
CA114-11
WD
CA112-5
WD
CA250-8
WD
WFC1-7
DWFH6-4
W WWFC33-7
U
Y
U
Y
FC15-18
FC15-19
C
CG
Y
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Fig. 20.2
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEATCONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOORCONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPINGCONTROL MODULE
PARKING BRAKECONTROL MODULE
REAR ELECTRONICCONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AUDIO UNIT
STEERING COLUMN LOCKCONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK
ENGINECONTROL MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGCONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE
PARKING AIDCONTROL MODULE
ROOF CONSOLE
INTRUSION SENSOR
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINKCONNECTOR
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER CA267 3-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REARRA2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
D2B Network: Part 1 D2B Network: Part 1 Fig. 20.3
U
Y20.2
20.2
FC94-9
FC94-10
S
S
U
Y20.2
20.2
CA258-4
CA258-14
S
S
FC23-3
BOF
BOFFC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFFC107-1
FC107-2
RA1-2
RA1-1
SCPBOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA5-1
RA5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA3-1
RA3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA2-1
RA2-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
OGFC94-19
O
BOF
BOF
RA4-1
RA4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA6-1
RA6-2
D2
D2
OGCA267-3
O
OGCA261-23
O
OGCA300-14
O
OGCA258-3
O
OGCA263-5
O
OG
CAS28
BOF
BOFFC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-1
FC107-2
RA1-2
RA1-1
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFFC107-1
FC107-2
RA1-2
RA1-1
RA3-2
RA3-1
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFFC107-1
FC107-2
RA1-2
RA1-1
RA4-2
RA4-1
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFFC107-1
FC107-2
RA1-2
RA1-1
RA5-2
RA5-1
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFFC107-1
FC107-2
RA1-2
RA1-1
RA6-2
RA6-1
D2
D2
D2B WAKE–UP
AUDIO UNIT
D2B WAKE–UP
CD AUTOCHANGER
D2B WAKE–UP
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
D2B WAKE–UP
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
D2B WAKE–UP
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
D2B WAKE–UP
POWER AMPLIFIER
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP; 6-MODULE NETWORK
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
POWER AMPLIFIER
2-MODULE NETWORKS NOTES:
Figures 20.3, 20.4 and 20.5 show all possible combinations of D2B networks.
D2B network diagnostics via SCP – Refer to Fig. 20.2.
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER CA267 3-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REARRA2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllJune 2002Sensor/Signal Ground
D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage
Power Ground
D2B Network: Part 2 D2B Network: Part 2 Fig. 20.4
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA3-1
RA3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA2-1
RA2-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA3-1
RA3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
RA4-1
RA4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA5-1
RA5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
RA4-1
RA4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA5-1
RA5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
RA6-1
RA6-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA3-1
RA3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA2-1
RA2-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
RA4-1
RA4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA5-1
RA5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA3-1
RA3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
RA4-1
RA4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
FC108-1
FC108-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA5-1
RA5-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFFC107-2
FC107-1
RA1-1
RA1-2
BOF
BOF
RA4-1
RA4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
RA6-1
RA6-2
D2
D2
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
POWER AMPLIFIER
3-MODULE NETWORKS
AUDIO UNIT
CD AUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
POWER AMPLIFIER
AUDIO UNIT
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONCONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
4-MODULE NETWORKS
NOTES:
Figures 20.3, 20.4 and 20.5 show all possible combinations of D2B networks.
D2B network diagnostics via SCP – Refer to Fig. 20.2.
All Vehicles
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: June 2002
Fig. 20.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT FC94 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
FC96 ANTENNA CONNECTORFC108 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER CA267 3-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REARRA2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
MSG MessageNCM Navigation Control ModuleODO OdometerPATS Passive Anti-Theft System
PBCM Electronic Parking Brake Control ModulePECUS Programmable Electronic Control Units System
PTT Push to TalkRECM Rear Electronic Control Module
RL Rear LeftRPM Revolutions Per Minute
RR Rear RightSCLCM Steering Column Locking Control Module
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkSMS Short Message Service for Mobile CommunicationsSTM Switch to Test ModeTCM Transmission Control ModuleTCS Traction Control System
VACM Voice Activation Control ModuleVEMS JaguarNet
VOICE Voice Activation ControlWDS Worldwide Diagnostic System